Respell Uncommon Accidentals

Version 01.40.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Respell Uncommon Accidentals respells certain accidentals that are avoided in some musical styles. It will find and respell B# to C, E# to F, Cb to B and Fb to E. It can also respell double and triple accidentals. It assumes you know what you are doing in running it, and makes no judgments, but the author would like to remind the user that there are many musical situations where an E# is perfectly appropriate, and using this plug-in would produce incorrect musical notation.

You can run the Mark Enharmonic Pitches plug-in if you just want to know if you have these kinds of pitches in your score.

New in version 1.3:

  • This version shows both consecutive and displayed bar numbers in Sibelius 4, and has a new option to locate (write to text file or trace window) uncommon accidentals without changing the score.

Updated 25 Feb 2014 to fix endless loop when processing written names in transposing instruments. Changed some dialog defaults.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Arrange Voicings

Version 02.03.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Jazz arranger David O'Rourke has contributed this document, which describes how to create great jazz voicings using the Arrange feature and the Jazz Arrange styles in Sibelius 3 and 4.

Download Writing for Saxophone using Jazz Arrange styles in Sibelius (1.35MB)

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Arrange Brass Voicings

Version 01.12.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Jazz arranger David O'Rourke has contributed this document, which describes how to use Bob Zawalich's Arrange Brass Voicings plug-in. You will also need the Arrange Voicings plug-in by Bob Zawalich.

Download BrassVoicing.pdf (1.2MB)

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Extract Parts From Folder

Version 01.02.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in extracts parts from all the scores in the selected folder.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Coloring

Version 01.50.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in removes all colors or a single specified color from objects in the open score, turning them back to their default color (i.e. black).

Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Apply Named Color

Version 01.05.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in allows you to color any selection of objects using a set of named colors. Simply select the objects you want to color, run the plug-in, and choose the desired color from the drop-down list.

Updated 13Feb2015 to respell version name; no code change, no update of version number.

Updated 14 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove All Coloring

Version 01.02.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in resets all colored objects in the open score back to their default colors (i.e. black).

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Locate Colored Objects

Version 01.30.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in creates a log file listing the location of every colored object in the selected score.

New in version 1.3:

  • When run in Sibelius 4, now handles bar number changes

For Sibelius 5 or later, you can use Find Colored Objects instead of generating this log file.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Find Intervals From Keys

Version 01.10.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Find Intervals From Keys calculates the intervals needed to transpose from one key to another. The calculated intervals can then be used in Notes > Transpose. It also provides information on how to produce intervals that Notes > Transpose cannot produce directly.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Multirests and Empty Bars

Version 04.00.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 16 Jul 2016)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Multirests and Empty Bars creates a text file showing the locations of:

  • Multirests and their terminators (for the entire score; process parts as separate files)
  • Empty bars (bars without notes)
  • Empty bars without bar rests (probably notation errors)
  • Occupied bars
  • Irregular bars (whose length differs from the time signature)

This information may be useful for proofreading, for determining why multirests split, or for managing rehearsals and allocation of players to instruments. Copyists may also find it to be useful.

Changes in version 3.6:

  • Now handles unsaved scores, or scores with \"untitled\" in their filenames

Changes in version 3.16:

  • Fix to show terminators of certain 1-bar \"multirests\"
  • Added warning about multirests that are split by Auto Layout options

Changes in version 3.0:

  • A new option, Multirests in Selected Staves Only. Previously, all staves in the score were checked, and multirests were reported only when the multirest was present in all staves. This was intended to report only on multirests that could be visible at the moment that the plugin was run. To check a specific staff, you had to extract a part. With the new option (on by default), you can check individual staves in the full score. (The multirests will still not be visible in the score until you extract a part). Note that even when the Selected Stave option is selected, the system staff is checked as well, since contents of the system staff (system text like composer and title and headers) often influence the breaking of multirests.
  • Since the plug-in is used most often to check multirests, the empty bar checkboxes are now off by default.
  • A number of minor bugs have been fixed.

Changes in version 3.12:

  • When run in Sibelius 4, the plug-in makes a better determination of what terminates a multirest
  • When run in Sibelius 4, if there are bar number changes present, the log file will show both the \"displayed\" and \"consecutive\" bar numbers

Changes in version 3.1:

  • There was an error that if you choose the \"selected staves only\" option, but have no selection, it continues but only processes the system staff, with the result that the multirests are wrong. Now fixed.

Changes in version 3.5:

  • Can now detect hidden objects that do not break multirests (Sibelius 4.1 only)
  • Adds staff name to location of object breaking a multirest
  • Updated 14 July 20156. Added the ability to treat a single bar followed by a multirest as a 1-bar multirest, thus showing its terminator. This will help the common case of a single bar being split from a multirest.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Copy Signatures To New Score

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in copies all the time and key signatures from the current score into a new score.

To use the plug-in, open the score from which you want to copy the key and time signatures, choose the plug-in from Sibelius\'s menus, then follow the on-screen instructions.

Updated 21 February 2007: Can now also copy metronome marks from the current score to the new score.

Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

Narrow Two Voices

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in controls the horizontal note offset in passages which use voice 1 and voice 2 simultaneously. There are three actions predefined (you can define and save more actions for yourself):

  • Default Rules of Sibelius: This essentially behaves identically to Sibelius, but corrects some known problems: a unison of two semibreves shows now two noteheads, and so does a unison of e.g. a dotted minim and an undotted crotchet.
  • Narrow Mode: In situations where voice 2 goes above voice 1, move the voice 2 notes to the left. This allows a more dense note typesetting and is used in particular in organ and piano music.
  • Arpeggio Mode: If you have fast arpeggios running in voice 1 while voice 2 doubles the first note of each arpeggio with a longer note, it is common that the noteheads on the first beats are typeset overlapping.

To use the plug-in, make a passage selection (i.e. a single box), then choose Narrow Two Voices from the Plug-ins menu and follow the on-screen instructions.

Changes in v2.0 (updated 29 August 2005):

  • Plug-in now requires use of the Preferences plug-in, so will only run in Sibelius 4
  • Added wizard with three pre-defined modes, to select your job with two clicks
  • Added font metrics for Helsinki font
  • improved offset mechanism for several combinations of dotted/undotted notes

Changes in v1.20 (updated 17 November 2004):

  • Now possible to force noteheads to overlap, even if their shape differs (useful for arpeggio-like passages where the first note is played with longer notes in a second voice)
  • Added fixes for the positioning of unison semibreves and dotted notes in one voice at the same pitch as undotted notes in another
  • Added a full set of user options

Plug-in written by Hans-Christoph Wirth.

Mark Enharmonic Pitches

Version 02.05.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Mark Enharmonic Pitches allows you to specify a color for individual pitches, using separate colors for enharmonically equivalent pitches (such as F#/Gb). You can use it to apply a \\\"spectrum\\\" of unique colors for each pitch, or use it for proofreading and analysis.

Double sharps and flats are colored the same as an enharmonic pitch (Gx -> A) and quartertones are colored as the nearest flat or sharp. You can, however, select a color from the double/quartertone lists, and all double accidentals or quartertones will get the same color, regardless of pitch.

This plug-in can be useful for locating any \\\'mispelled\\\' accidentals, such as F# where you might expect Gb. The Sibelius filters do not allow you to distinguish between enharmonically equivalent pitches, but this plug-in will do that.

It does not explicitly generate a log file showing marked objects, but it allows you to call the Locate Colored Objects plug-in to do so. (If that option is chosen, a recent version of Located Colored Objects must be downloaded as well).

Updated 26 April 2016 to allow colors to be added to individual notes.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Move Pitches to Transposed Mid-Line

Version 02.00.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in transposes music on the selected staff or staves to the center staff line and can change the style of the notehead (e.g. to create slashes). It puts the notes in the right place for transposed instruments.

Fixed in v 1.56:

  • Corrected to handle some enharmonic misspellings. Added the ability to move either type of slashed noteheads at the same time.

Fixed in v1.50:

  • Now respects partially selected bars, rather than processing them as if fully selected

Fixed in v1.20:

  • You can now specify any supported notehead to be the only notehead moved. Previously, only normal noteheads could be specified.

Fixed in v1.15.0:

  • instrument handling changed so that new instruments are dealt with automatically (3.1 instruments are handled properly)
  • transposition changes handled

Updated 21 Feb 2009 version 2.0:

  • New option to move to center line of concert score, rather than transposed score

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Split Bar Rests

Version 01.20.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in converts any bar rests in the selection to rests of shorter durations. The duration of the smaller rests will be one per beat, with the beat length determined by the time signature. This can be handy if you want to see the contents of irregular bars, or for other obscure reasons.

New in v1.04:

  • The plug-in can now split bar rests into other than beat-sized units. One can now spcify the size of the rest to use as well as how to dispose of any excess.

Updated November 15, 2007:

Now properly splits all bars rests if rests are present in more than one voice

Updated June 7, 2008. Version 1.10. New option to split rests only in irregular bars.

Updated June 24, 2008. Version 1.15. If a bar is too small for a single rest of the requested size, the largest possible rest is now written, rather than skipping the bar.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Updated 28 February 2010 to optionally select entire score if there is no passage selection<./p>

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Multirest Line

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in allows you to replace a selected multirest with a line, e.g. a wavy line (as used in percussion parts to indicate that the player should simply play for that number of bars).

To use the plug-in, first set the multirest display to Blank in House Style > Engraving Rules > Bar Rests, then select the multirest in which you want to use a line, and run the plug-in.

Updated 20 Mar 2009 to run in Sibelius 5

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Plug-in written by Peter Hayter and Bob Zawalich.

Count Notes

Version 01.05.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Count Notes counts the number and type of notes and rests in a selection, and list counts by bar and in total. It will also display the durations of the counted notes.

Updated 29 January 2007: Now has an option to display the number of notes or chords on an instrument by instrument basis.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fix Tied Notes Live Playback

Version 01.02.01
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in processes notes and corrects problems with the Live Playback Original Duration in tied notes. If the Live Playback duration in a tied note has been set such that it ends either before or after the notational duration (i.e., if the note is a quarter note/crotchet, and Live Playback only plays for an eighth note/quaver), the note can playback incorrectly (the following note it is tied to will play with a separate attack). To prevent that, the Live Playback duration is set to the notational duration less the Live Start Position in those cases, so the tied note playback stops exactly at the end. A log file of changes will be written.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

German Chord Names

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 2.x, Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in converts chord symbols text in your score between the German (B = B flat, H = B) and standard (Bb = B flat, B = B) conventions for chord symbols. This is useful when e.g. wanting to transpose German chord symbols (convert them to standard chord symbols, transpose, then convert them back to German chord symbols).

Updated August 9, 2008 to handle alternate flat symbol in Sib 5.

Updated 20 October 2014 to mark them as usable through Sibelius 7.5. No code changes were made. Note that the plugin will only work with Legacy Chord Symbols, and that the Engraving Rules-Chord Symbols-Language feature is a better way to show German chord symbol names.

Plug-in written by Gunnar Hellquist.

Add or Replace System Text

Version 01.80.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in can write up to three items of system text (e.g. Title, Copyright, Composer, etc.) to all the scores in a folder. It is able to replace any existing text if required.

Updated May 22, 2008 to work with user-defined styles in Sibelius 4 and 5.

Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

Updated 7 June 2012 to add quiet opening checkbox to open scores from earlier versions with default options.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Reverse Text

Version 01.03.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Reverse Text reverses the order of text in each selected Text, Lyric, or System Text object. It will not reverse the orderof a sequence of objects, but just the text within single objects. If you want objects in the system staff (like Title Text) reversed, create a system (double blue box) selection.

One use for this might be to reverse Hebrew or Arabic text.

This plug-in does not handle multi-line text well; it is best to split such items into separate text objects for each line. (Multi-line items will reverse, but the line separator will be lost).

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

French Chord Names

Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 2.x, Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in converts chord symbols text in your score between the French (sol-fa) and standard (Bb = B flat, B = B) conventions for chord symbols. This is useful when e.g. wanting to transpose German chord symbols (convert them to standard chord symbols, transpose, then convert them back to French chord symbols).

Updated 20 October 2014 to mark them as usable through Sibelius 7.5. No code changes were made. Note that the plugin will only work with Legacy Chord Symbols, and that the Engraving Rules-Chord Symbols-Language feature is a better way to show French chord symbol names.

Plug-in written by Tim Watson.

Multirest Text

Version 01.81.00
Added 01 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Multirest Text builds a text string out of 2 user-typed pieces of text and the optional multirest number, so you can add text like \\\\\\\"Play 3 times\\\\\\\" automatically to a multirest.

There are a number of centering options possible (see the Help screen for details), but it generally works best with text styles that are defined as centered. There are 2 \\\\\\\"built-in\\\\\\\" styles (Lyrics and Lyrics(chorus)), and you can also type in the name of any text style you wish.

Some sample text styles are defined in the included MultirestTextStyle.lib house style. Import the text styles from this house style, and two new entries will appear in the built in style list (Multirest center (Times) and Multirest center (Inkpen). You can also define your own styles, named Multirest center3 through Multirest center6, and these will also show up in the list. They are assumed by the plugin to be centered in both directions.

You can use uncentered styles and make adjustments by clicking on the Advanced button and using the fields in that dialog.

Updated 19 April 2009 to fix failure to handle custom text styles in Sib 5.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Number Multirest Bars

Version 02.05.00
Added 22 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in adds text containing numbers for the range of bars contained in multirests. You can change the location of the text by changing its text style. You can specify text to precede or follow the bar numbers and a character to separate them.

For example, if bars 2 through 5 are a multirest, and you choose the defaults, you will see the text (2 - 5) below the staff at bar 2.

New in v2.05:

  • Custom text styles work in Sibelius 4, and there is a new option to center the text if a centered text style is used.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

List Plug-ins

Version 01.20.00
Added 29 Aug 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in writes a list of plugin names and numbers, sorted by name, to the trace window. If you have a lot of plug-ins, it makes it easier to find the plugin you want to assign a shortcut to, since the list on the Menus and Shortcuts page of File > Preferences is sorted by plug-in number.

Updated 17January2015. Added option to show full plugin path name for any loaded plugins so you can see if you will currently run a shipping or user version of a plugin. Sort by name is probably the useful option.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts (Windows only)

Added 03 Sep 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Did you ever want to assign keyboard shortcuts to your favourite plug-ins which do not change each and every time you install a new plug-in or change anything else in your plug-ins folder? If so, the Fixed Shortcuts plug-in is the right tool to use.

Assign from Sibelius one single shortcut to this plug-in, e.g. F5. Whenever Sibelius should decide to scramble shortcuts, only update this single shourtcut, F5 for the Fixed Shortcut plug-in.

You can define up to 26 plug-ins to be called by Fixed Shortcuts. These are accessed with the 26 letters A..Z. Develop your own memorizing scheme, and access your favourite plug-ins with a sequence of three keys which will no longer change. What about:

  • F5 c RET to call Cresc./Dim. Playback
  • F5 r RET to call Remove All Highlights
  • F5 s RET to call Split Bars

Of course you can always read the list on the screen, in case you forgot the chosen shortcut. Defining the 26 favourite plug-ins is only one additional keystroke away.

Updated 16 October 2010 by Corwin Newall
Now includes a 25% faster sort method which will be of great assistance to Sibelius 4 or 5 users who may have slower processors.

Plug-in written by Hans-Christoph Wirth & Corwin Newall.

Edit Instrument Names

Version 02.16.00
Added 02 Dec 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in allows you to edit the full and short instrument names, even if the name is empty, and difficult to click on. It creates a list of the instrument names (both the current visible name and the name when the instrument was created) of all staves in a score, and lets you change them.

It attempts to maintain font changes in the instrument name (such as the Opus Text change to b in Clarinet in Bb). You should check such names carefully, however.

Rewritten in February 2009 to allow up to 30 instruments to be updated one one dialog screen, and have multiple screens for more instruments.

Updated 23 February 2009 to improve tabbing order when there is more than 1 column of instruments.

Description edited - no longer works in v4

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

Updated 17 January 2012 to make dialog text fit better in Sib 7.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hide Duplicate Rests

Version 01.16.00
Added 21 Dec 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in hides (but does not delete) rests that duplicate a rest (of the same position and duration) in another voice. It requires Sibelius 4.1 or later.

Updated 2 November 2009 to allow dialog to be hidden and results reporting to be optional

.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 dialog control changes

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Hide Rests in Voice

Version 02.02.00
Added 21 Dec 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in hides (but does not delete) selected rests in any chosen voice(s). It requires Sibelius 4.1 or later.

Updated 2 December 2011 to select hidden or shown rests (in Sib 5 or later) so they can easily be deleted if desired.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Remove Duplicate Hit Points

Version 01.04.00
Added 22 Dec 2005 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in removes hit points with the same label and time as another hit point in the score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Chord Symbol No Superscript

Version 01.36.00
Added 12 Jan 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Changes the numeric characters, flat, or sharp symbols in chord symbols to a font of your choice in which the characters are not superscripted. The most likely replacement font choices are Opus PlainChords or Inkpen2 Text, but you can type in any font you like. There is no way for the plug-in to validate the existence of the font, so please type carefully!

Only single numbers will be changed, not stacked digits. Do not use the \\\'flat\\\' option if you are using lower case \\\'b\\\' characters that are not flat symbols, as all lower case \\\'b\\\'s will be changed.

By default, all numbers and accidentals will have the font applied. If you need more control over which characters change, use Advanced Options, which allows you to have, for example, only numbers or accidentals not in extensions un-subscripted. So as an example, you could have Abmaj7b5, and in Opus Chords font all the numbers and accidentals are superscripted. By applying various options, the b following the A can be normal, but the b following the 7 can be subscripted; the 7 can be un-subscripted, while the 5 can be subscripted.

The resulting text objects can have multiple fonts; if you add new chords, they changes will not be applied, but the plug-in can be re-run as needed.

Since any font can be typed in, you can choose different fonts with the proper characteristics to add superscripts rather than removing them, and other options as well.

While this does work in Sibelius 5, it should rarely be needed. Its function is taken by the Chords(superscript root accidental) Word menu in the Chord Symbol text style.

Updated 1 Feb 2015 to respell menu name. No code change.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

List Scale Tones

Version 01.50.00
Added 24 Jan 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plugin lists the scale tones and non-scale tones for a number of scale types and all roots with 1 or fewer accidentals; these can be displayed in English, German, French or Spanish, and a sample can be written as notation in a score. It is possible to change how non-scale tones are spelled, and to add and edit definitions of new scales.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Apply Color To Text In Style

Version 01.07.00
Added 27 Feb 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Apply Color To Text In Style allows you to specify a named color and a text style, and apply the color to all selected text, system text, and lyrics object whose style matches the specified style.

The latest version of the plug-in fixes a problem with coloring system text that was not in a passage selection.

Updated 13Feb2015 to respell version name; no code change, no update of version number.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Score Original Version

Version 01.60.00
Added 29 Mar 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Score Original Version displays (in the trace window) the version of Sibelius under which the score was originally created.

Updated January 23, 2009. Under Sibelius 5.0 or later the plugin will now also display the score modification date and time in local (rather than GMT) time..

Updated July 24, 2010. A warning is given that an imported House Style may update the internal version number. Under Sibelius 6 or later, both the file creation and last modification dates are now shown, also with warnings.

Updated July 26, 2010 to tidy up the warning text.

Updated 24 August 2011 to add ability to process all open scores or a folder of scores.

Updated 21 June 2012 to display currently running.

Sibelius version number

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Trace Hidden Objects

Version 01.02.00
Added 19 Apr 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in writes to the Trace Window the locations of all objects in the score (or current part) that have been hidden, which can be useful when proof-reading your score.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Lower & Raise Pitch Chromatically

Version 01.50.00
Added 24 Apr 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Raise Chromatic Pitches raises the pitch of any selected notes by 1 half-step (semitone). Lower Chromatic Pitches lowers the pitch of any selected notes by 1 half-step. The note spelling (such as C# vs. Db) is determined by Sibelius. It should be comparable to what you would get if you entered the same pitch on a MIDI keyboard.

These are intended as a chromatic replacement for Up and Down Arrow, which move pitches diatonically. Typically, one would assign each plug-in to a shortcut key so it could be run with a single keystroke. Please be aware that if you assign shortcuts to plug-ins and download more plug-ins, the shortcuts will shift to different plug-ins and you will need to reset them.(Edit - this has been fixed in the most recent update when run in Sibelius 5.2)

Warning: unlike Up and Down Arrow, these plug-ins cannot move individual notes within chords. If you select any notes within a chord, all the notes in the chord will be moved! (Edit - this has been fixed in the most recent update when run in Sibelius 5.2)

Quartertones will be moved to their closest half-step (semitone) in the desired direction. At that point running the plug-in again will move the notes by a half-step (semitone).

Articulations and Live Playback data are retained in the moved notes.

Updated October 31 2008. If these plugins are run in Sibelius 5.2 or later, most of the limitations are removed. Individual notes within a chord can now be moved, and the problem with plugin shortcuts instability was fixed in Sibelius version 5.2.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Respell For Wrong Clef

Version 02.00.00
Added 24 Jul 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in might be very useful if needed. It can help e.g., after Photoscore or some other converter misreads a clef, but reads the notes in the correct location (so Sibelius will interpret them incorrectly). It lets you specify the wrong clef and the right clef, and then transposes the notes appropriately.

The plug-in will now handle alto, tenor, and French violin clefs, in addition to bass and treble.

Cautionary accidentals will be lost, and in some keys this can result in incorrect accidentals after transposition. Users should proofread accidentals carefully.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Get User Folder Names

Version 01.30.00
Added 15 Aug 2006 (last updated 02 Aug 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in lists the full path names of the various Sibelius "User" folders in a copyable form. This can be useful when determining where to place plug-ins, manuscript papers, house styles and other such files.

Updated 11 February 2010 to give correct paths for Vista and Windows 7

Updated 8 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

Updated 15 August 2011 to correct some Sib 7 folder names and to add the likely locations of Example Scores for Sib 6 and later.

Updated 1 August 2015 to add locations of shipping plugins.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Combine Rests Empty Voices

Version 01.00.00
Added 30 Aug 2006 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

For use with Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Combine Rests Empty Voices combines rests in a voice that contains only rests. It creates the largest single rest possible. It also hides the rests in empty voices for all voices later than the first voice containing notes or rests.

>p>Updated 21 June 2010. For Sib 5 or later, the plugin will now produce bar rests when possible, rather than just large rests.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Distribute Score Info

Version 01.50.00
Added 18 Sep 2006 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Distribute Score Info takes data from the File > Score Info Title, Composer, Lyricist, Subtitle, Dedication, or Copyright fields and replaces the contents of any existing Title, Composer, Lyricist, Subtitle, Dedication, or Copyright text items with this data. If no such text items exist, the plug-in will create an appropriate item in the first bar of the score. It can write out a wildcard for the data, or the data itself.

Updated 6 February 2014 to fix subtitle bug.

Updated 21 February 2012 to handle unsaved scores better.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Fill Score Info

Version 01.38.00
Added 18 Sep 2006 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Fill Score Info will take data from edit boxes in a dialog and put them into the File > Score Info fields. It can be run on a single score or on a folder of scores.

It can also take Title, Composer, Lyricist or Copyright text in the score and put those into the corresponding Score Info fields. It can optionally fill only empty Score Info fields, and leave already filled ones alone.

If can be very useful for scores to be published on the web via Scorch (which require Score Info data, in order for the web page templates to look correct), and also as a starting point for database programs that can look at the Score Info fields, such as the Create Score Database plug-in.

Updated 26 April 2011. Include Subtitle and other fields not available in Sibelius 4. Now requires Sibelius 5 or later. For Sib 4, see Fill Score Info for Sibelius 4.

Updated 29 May 2011. New option (on by default) to maintain formatting in system text imported from the score. Useful for multi-line text. Be careful using this if you will generate Scorch files that use Score Info data, as formatting may not be accepted in all fields.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Get Page Count

Version 01.07.00
Added 15 Dec 2006 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Get Page Count stores the number of pages in a score (at the time the plug-in is run) into the Other Information field of the File > Score Info. This makes the number of pages available for use in text fields (such as \"Page x of y\") if the $MOREINFO wildcard is used. (The full text would be \"Page $PAGENUM of $MOREINFO\"). If the number of pages changes, the plug-in should be rerun, but any wildcards will be automatically updated.

Updated 4 April 2010. In Sib 6 or later, the plugin will store the page count both in the full score and in each part, so a footer containing the MOREINFO wildcard will be correct in the parts.

Updated 5 April 2010 to allow you to specify different Score Info locations for the page count data.

Updated 21 June 2012 to allow count to exclude Special Page Break title pages and following blank pages.

As of Sibelius 7.1.3, you can use the NumPages wildcard, and this plugin should not be needed.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Dream Sequence

Added 25 Jan 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in will open a folder of scores and play them back in turn, either sequentially (with an option to loop) or randomly (with an option to control the number of intermediate scores to be played until a particular score may be played again.)

Updated 5 September 2009 by Bob Zawalich for compatibility with Sibelius 6. Note that this plugin will run in Sibelius 4 and 6, but not Sibelius 5.

Plug-in written by Andrew Moschou.

Find Irregular And Misfilled Bars

Version 01.08.00
Added 22 Apr 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in displays (in the plug-in trace window) any bars whose length and time signature do not match (irregular bars), and also any misfiled bars, which are bars that have missing rests, so that the sum of the lengths of the notes and rests (in each voice) do not match the length of the bar.

Misfilled bars can come from deleting rests, or when using scores generated by an errant plug-in or file converter.

Updated 2 May 2007: the plug-in now handles grace notes and notes within tuplets.

Updated 21 Feb 2013: Plugin now treats completely empty bars (no notes, rests, tuplets or bar rests in any voice as misfilled. It also handles misfilled tuplets better.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Instrument List

Version 01.10.00
Added 05 May 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

This plug-in adds a list of the instruments at the start of the selected staves as a text item at the start of the score.

You can choose which elements will appear in the list, and the order in which they will appear.

Updated 29 November 2009. Now places the text at the start of the selection if any, fixes a bug with the title text, adds Instrument changes for Sib 5+, and allows you to specify if the list will appear in the score or in a part.

Updated 27 July 2010. Under Sib 6, it can now insert the instrument list onto a Sib 6-style title page.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Add Bar Rests In Empty Voices

Version 01.03.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Adds bar rests to chosen empty voices in selected bars (empty voices contain neither notes, rests, nor tuplets).

Updated 21 March 2010 to allow result display to be turned off.

Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 dialog control changes

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Bookmark

Version 01.62.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Lets you add, delete, and go to hidden text objects (or hitpoints) that will function as bookmarks. The bookmark will stay at the same location when music is added, deleted or reformatted. Bookmarks can also be navigated to using the Go To plugin.

Updated 9 November 2009 to allow Comments in Sib 6 to be used as bookmarks

Updated 25 May 2010 to handle out-of-range hitpoint bookmarks.

Updated 5 November 2011 to make the main dialog work more smoothly.

Updated 6 November 2011 to fix Delete All.

Updated 6 April 2013 to fix bug in Delete.

Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

Go To

Version 01.46.00
Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 05 Jun 2016)

For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

Lets you navigate to rehearsal marks, hit points, bar number changes, bookmarks (as created in the Bookmark plugin), special barlines, or dynamics.

Updated April 30, 2008 to allow Go To Special Barlines.

Updated July 28,2008 to select the previous search object relative to the start of selection and to add Go To Dynamics, which shows the currently active dynamic.

Updated December 19,2008 to fix problems with Dynamics if there was no initial selection.

Updated 14 Feb 2009. Fix if only barline selected and disable lists if empty.

Updated 24 August 2009 You can now just type in a target (such as a Rehearsal Mark name, as well as finding it in a list.

Updated 28 August 2009 You can now type letter/number names for bracketed Rehearsal Marks.

Updated 30 August 2011. Fix bug if selected objects chosen and there was no selection; add text to Restore button.

Updated 1 September 2015. Corrections to Go To Selected Objects

Updated 7 February 2016 fixed GO To button so it closes dialog as intended.

Updated 26 April 2016. Improved bring into view for selected objects.

Updated 8 May 2016 to greatly speed up go to selected objects in Sib 6 and later.

Updated 5 June 2016 to fix a bug preventing objects at the same location from being listed separately.

  • Download GoTo.zip (17K, downloaded 906 times)
  • Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Other

    Version 03.01.00
    Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 12 Nov 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds filters for symbols, notehead styles, tied notes, time signatures, and grace notes, as well as a filter to text styles (defaulting to Technique).

    Updated October 9, 2007. Now filters special barlines as well.

    Updated March 19, 2008. Noteheads default to number rather than name.

    Updated April 22, 2008. Minor notehead dialog change.

    Note: This version of the plugin requires Sibelius 5.2

    Updated August 5, 2008 to allow Deselect

    Updated September 16, 2008 to filter note pitches and allow results to not appear.

    Updated November 5, 2008 to filter colored (non-black) objects.

    Updated August 29, 2009 to filter notes in parentheses (bracketed property).

    Updated September 9, 2009 to simplify the user interface and add a filter for quartertones. This version will only run in Sibelius 6. For Sib 5, use Filter Other for Sibelius 5.

    Updated February 22, 2010 to filter for Expression text Dynamics, (such as bold mf) which is defined at the moment as expression text that contains a font change, as such texts do, typically to Opus Text.

    Updated 13 April 2010 to filter for Clefs

    Updated 4 September 2010 to filter for notes under tuplets and tuplets and notes under tuplets.

    Updated January 10, 2011 to filter for key signature changes. Note this will not filter the original key signature, just changes. It will filter one staff key sigs as well as those for all staves. Key signatures live in the system staff and the individual staves, and both are filtered, so the count will be one more that what you see selected.

    Updated 13 March 2011 to add filter for MIDI messages

    Updated 26 August 2011 to filter notes with tremolos, including buzz rolls.

    Updated 22 December 2013 to fix a bug and to add text styles present in the score to the list of filterable text styles.

    Updated 12 May 2015 to clarify that Note Pitches chromatic uses the written pitch, rather than the sounding pitch.

    Updated 21 May 2015 to add filtering for Colored Notehead styles and pick up only the notehead styles currently in use in the score when filtering on notehead styles.

    Updated 7 February 2016 added filter for Magnetic Layout settings.

    Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

    Updated 12 November 2016 to work with updated Colored Notehead Styles plugins; it will now also find the color WShite.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Custom Filter

    Version 01.30.00
    Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 17 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    A filter that will filter lines as written, but which is designed to be modified. Change the condition in the IsDesiredObject method. The remaining code will filter objects that pass the IsObjectDesired test.

    Updated October 10, 2007 to filter for Highlights rather than lines (Edit-Filter can filter lines).

    Updated 17 April 2016 to check for empty selections as ask to select entire score.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Objects In Bar

    Version 01.26.00
    Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 28 Aug 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds filters for objects by their Type property (Rehearsal Mark, Text, NoteRest, Instrument Change, etc).

    Updated October 16, 2007 to also filter HighLights

    Updated June 8, 2008 to filter BarNumbers and to allow objects not in the list to be used.

    Updated August 5, 2008 to use better defaults.

    Updated August 29, 2008 to look in system staff for system objects even without a system selection.

    Updated September 9, 2008 to clean up user interface (all entries are now visible at once), and you can type a case-insensitive prefix to select in the list.

    Updated 5 April 2012 to add Guitar Scale Diagrams to the list of objects to filter.

    Updated 28 August 2016. Added Annotations to list of objects to filter.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Rehearsal Mark

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Finds the following (default) or previous rehearsal mark (if any), starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plug-in with no selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Bar Number Change

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Finds the following (default) or previous bar number change (if any), starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plug-in with no selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Empty Text Strings

    Version 01.50.00
    Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Deletes truly empty text strings, which were probably put into a score by a plug-in or file converter. These are usually not a problem, but if they are, this will clean them up.

    Updated Jan 1, 2009 to add staff info to trace.

    Updated Jan 11, 2009 to fix bug that deleted *all* text if the all-spaces checkbox was unchecked.

    Updated 12 Feb 2009 to restructure some code.

    Updated 16 May 2009 to allow empty and spaces only strings to be deleted separately, and also added a trace-only option

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Colored Objects

    Version 01.50.00
    Added 05 Oct 2007 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Finds the following (default) or previous occurrence of an object of a chosen color starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction or color, run the plugin with no selection.

    From Sibelius 8.3 on, use Filter Colored Objects to locate the objects and Go To > Selected Objects to navigate among them.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Duplicate Text Lines Symbols

    Version 01.03.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Deletes copies of text objects, lines, or symbols that have the same properties and location as another object of the same type.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Replace Rests With Bar Rests

    Version 01.01.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds bar rests to voices in selected bars which contain rests, but neither notes, nor tuplets. Essentially replaces multiple rests with a bar rest as appropriate. Optionally skips bars of small duration (user can select the minimum duration).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Move System Objects For Delete Bar

    Version 01.50.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is an update of Copy Text For Delete Bar. Copies any system objects (such as Title, Composer, or Instrument name at top left, time signatures, key signatures, rehearsal marks) from one bar to another.

    Typically you will copy from bar 1 to bar 2 when you want to delete bar 1 without losing the system objects. If a bar number is duplicated in the score (because of bar number changes), you will need to make a selection that excludes the duplicate of any bars you want to process.

    Updated 15 May 2010 to fix incorrect copying of time signatures from pickup bars and special barlines

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Split Multirests

    Version 01.55.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Breaks up multirests at various intervals using true split multirest breaks (the previous version used hidden text).

    Updated June 7, 2008 to allow multirests to be split before and after irregular bars

    Updated February 7, 2009 to add a separate option to split all multirests and to allow totals notification to be inhibited.

    Use this version for Sibelius 5 and later. For Sibelius 3 and 4, use Split Multirests for Sibelius 4.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Change Case

    Version 01.59.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Changes the case of text in a score. It will only convert the letters A..Z or a..z; it cannot handle accented characters. It can change text to UPPER CASE, lower case, tOGGLE cASE or Word Initial Case. It can change various types of text objects, including system text, lyrics, instrument names and score info data. It can be run on a single score or on a folder of scores.

    Unlike earlier versions, multiple line text will be retained as will any internal formatting (fonts or bold/italic, etc.).

    Updated March 26, 2008 to allow changing the case of non-\\\\\\\"English\\\\\\\" characters, thanks to the MakeChangecase plugin (included in the zip file) which was generously contributed by Andrew Moschou. These include accented, Greek, and Cyrillic characters.

    Please note: do not use this plugin on bold Expression text or chord symbols, or any other text that uses a font that does not have matching upper and lower case letters in the traditional locations.

    Updated February 7, 2009 to change the Instrument Names code to only use special flat accidentals for lower case b if it follows A, B, D, or E.

    Updated April 20, 2009 to put the MakeChangeCase plugin back in the zip file

    Updated 29 Sept 2011 to rename file on download page.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich and Andrew Moschou.

    Set Play On Pass

    Version 01.12.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 21 May 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Toggles (default), disables, or enables all 8 passes of Play on Pass for any selected objects. To change the option from Toggle, run the plugin with no selection. It will change *all* selected objects, so it will often be useful to filter just the items you want to change.

    Updated January 15, 2008 to add a \"Show dialog\" flag to the dialog so it can be run with the dialog always visible. The flag is on by default so it will always appear the first time the plugin is run.

    Updated 31 January 2012 to give options for individual passes.

    Updated 21 May 2016 so you can cancel the dialog when run with no selection and the setting changes will still be recorded.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Restore Tempo

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Restores the tempo at the start of the selection to the end of the selection. It can be used for “a tempo”.

    Updated 18 December 2011 to add in missing variable.

    Updated 19 December 2011. New option for text style, options saved across Sibelius sessions, new warning text.

    Updated 21 December 2011. Fixed bug that gave wrong values if time signature changes within the selection range.

    Updated 22 December 2011. Changed the way a beat is calculated to match what Sibelius does for current tempo.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete or Update Title Page

    Version 01.20.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Deletes title pages that use hidden bars (with staff type or instrument changes). Also deletes Sib 5 Special Page Break title pages or selected blank pages.

    Can also convert title pages created using hidden staff changes into Sib 5 Special Page Break pages. Manual adjustment of position of text will be required.

    Renamed from Update Title Page on November 27, 2007

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Pedal Lines

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Reads MIDI pedal control messages and converts them to pedal lines. You must make a passage selection. It will convert pairs of ~C64 (sustain pedal), ~C66 (sostenuto pedal) or ~C67 (soft pedal) messages, and will optionally delete the messages. You can choose pedal line styles for different controllers.

    Updated 2 October 2011 to fix error message that said "false" instead of "0".

    Updated 18 October 2011 to ignore (with warnings) unmatched OFF messages and to create short lines for any unmatched ON messages. This lets the plugin do more with scores where the MIDI message are not properly matched, but if you see messages, check the output VERY carefully, because some pedal lines will surely be the wrong position or the wrong length. I recommend not having the plugin delete MIDI messages if you see warnings, so you can do better manual adjustments.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Inverse Select Notes

    Version 01.01.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Selects any unselected notes in a chord consisting of more than 1 note, and unselects previously selected notes.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Exchange Staff Contents

    Version 01.25.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Swaps the contents of 2 selected staves. If two staves are selected, they will be swapped. If more than two staves are selected, the top and bottom staves are swapped.

    Updated 1 July 2012 to fix problems with irregular bars and some unusual selection.

    Updated 4 November 2012 to fix problems with partially selected bars. Thanks, Laurence! Please note that you should not use dragged-box passage selections with this plugin - use keyboard or click-shift click selecting instead.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Create Insert Symbol Plugin

    Version 02.05.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 08 Mar 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Lets you create and install new plug-ins that, when run, will insert a chosen symbol of a chosen size into a score. If you assign a shortcut to the new plug-ins, you will have, in effect, a way to assign a shortcut to an individual symbol.

    The generated plugins will be put by default in the Zymbols subfolder of your user Plug-ins folder. The name will include the symbol name, the size, its attachment status, and its position offsets.

    In order to assign shortcuts to the newly-created plug-ins, you must first close and restart Sibelius, so the new plug-ins will be loaded.

    Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

    Updated April 13, 2009. Added the ability to choose vertical position of a staff symbol relative to a selected note.

    Updated 22 July 2009. Added ability to center a symbol horizontally in a bar, and also the ability, in Sib 6, to turn off Magnetic Layout for inserted symbols

    Updated 13 October 2010. Fixed bug that ignored clef change in bar 1.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

    Updated 22 October 2011 to fix Sib 7 file changes.

    <0>Updated 7 March 2016 to have default be symbol be first selected symbol, if any.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Insert One Symbol

    Version 01.85.00
    Added 06 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Inserts a symbol to a selected location. It is meant to have a shortcut assigned to it, to give Sibelius the ability to effectively assign a shortcut to a symbol. Updated to list Sibelius 5 symbols.

    To determine which symbol will be inserted, a dialog comes up the first time you run the plugin in a session, or if you run the plugin with no selection. The dialog lets you select a symbol, its size, and whether it is attached to a system or a staff. The dialog lets you put several symbols into a list, which is saved across Sibelius sessions. By re-running it and selecting a different symbol, you change the symbol that will be inserted when Insert One Symbol is run.

    Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

    Updated April 13, 2009. Added the ability to choose vertical position of a staff symbol relative to a selected note. Also, Insert One Symbol Show Dialog is no longer required. Now the dialog comes up the first time you run the plugin in a session, or if you run the plugin with no selection. A checkbox on the dialog will let you run the plugin with no dialog showing.

    Updated 22 July 2009. Added ability to center a symbol horizontally in a bar, and also the ability, in Sib 6, to turn off Magnetic Layout for inserted symbols

    Updated 13 October 2010. Fixed bug that ignored clef change in bar 1.

    Use this version for Sibelius 5 and later. For Sibelius version 4 use the plugin Insert One Symbol for Sibelius 4.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Custom Find

    Version 01.50.00
    Added 17 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    A plugin that will find Highlights as is, but which is designed to be modified. Change the condition in the IsDesiredObject method. The remaining code will find objects that pass the IsObjectDesired test.

    Finds starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plugin with no selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Highlights

    Version 01.50.00
    Added 17 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Finds the following (default) or previous occurrence of a Highlight starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plugin with no selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Hidden Instrument Change

    Version 01.76.00
    Added 22 Oct 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds an instrument change to No instrument(hidden).

    This is equivalent to using Create > Other > Instrument Change > Others > No instrument (Hidden) with no clef and no warning text. Assign a shortcut if you will use it often.

    Updated 22 October 2009. This update restores the original instrument after a passage selection, which it did before Sibelius 6.1

    Updated 5 January 2010. This update lets a change at the start of the first bar hide the initial clef. Also, if you run with no selection it brings up some options to allow you to choose warning text.

    Updated 24 March 2010 minor bug fix.

    Updated 27 April 2010.

    Note that there are 2 ways that the plugin might not restore the original instrument as of Sibelius 6.2. The first is if you make a non-passage (blue box) selection. So if you want the restoration, always make a passage selection. The second way is if you select a single bar, and have turned off the Note Input Preference Restore Original Item After Single Bar Selection. If you want the plugin to restore the original instrument, you must turn this preference on.

    Updated 15 May 2010. New option to Always restore instrument in single bar selection (on by default).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Rehearsal Marks to Double Barlines

    Added 08 Nov 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in simply creates a rehearsal mark on every double barline in your score.

    Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

    Bracket Expression Text

    Version 01.88.00
    Added 15 Nov 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Puts brackets or parentheses (or any chosen character(s)) around selected expression text. It is especially useful for bold expressions entered with the ctrl or cmnd key, since those involve a font change.

    Updated 7 November 2009 to add spacing around 'f' characters to avoid collisions with the brackets. Sib 6.1 is recommended, though it will work in Sib 5.

    Updated 23 Feb 2011. It now allows you to process Expression dynamic text (which starts with a font change, and is typically bold) separately from normal expression text. It also allows to to use bold brackets for dynamics only or for all expressions.

    Updated 21 November 2011 to handle dynamics correctly in Sib 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Cresc Dim Lines

    Version 01.62.00
    Added 15 Nov 2007 (last updated 05 Jun 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds crescendo and/or diminuendo lines and optional expression text to a selection.

    You can include Expression Text if desired; if the edit boxes are blank, only the line(s) will appear. Type or select an appropriate font if you want bold expression text.

    To increase the amount of space surrounding the characters, increase the Rhythmic space per character (quarter note = 256 units). This may expand the output past the selection. It cannot be expanded past the end of the score.

    You may still need to adjust horizontal spacing using arrow keys.

    This will run in Sib 4, but some features are missing and text and lines will not align as well as in Sib 5

    Updated April 4, 2008 (version 1.20) to allow choice of line type at each position, so you can reverse the dynamics

    Updated 1 December 2011 to handle Sib 7 fonts.

    Updated 10 January 2012 to allow more line type.

    Updated 24 August 2014 to retract lines over barlines and add an option to specify space between 2 lines if no text is used, and to process a single note or the first note in a selection.

    Updated 4 February 2014 to fix crash in Sib 5 and 6.

    Updated 2 February 2016, adding straight, dotted and dashed lines to the list. These behave differently from the dynamics lines and the horizontal position is not very good, but it is too complex to fix right now. It might at least get you in the ballpark with such lines.

    Updated 2 February 2016 to fix not bold text bug

    Updated 4 June 2016 fixed some crashing typos when there was no text with the lines.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Create Blank Page

    Version 01.01.00
    Added 14 Dec 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds one or more blank pages before or after a selection. (This is somewhat redundant because it just adds a Special Page Break, but it avoids having to select a barline and is comparable to Create Title Page).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Remove Lyric Extension Lines

    Version 01.70.00
    Added 14 Dec 2007 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Changes all final syllables or single word lyrics to apply to 1 note, thus removing the extension lines. May be useful if note values have changed.

    Updated 17 December 2011. Added ability to center of left justify syllables and ability to remove only durationally short extension lines.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Batch Transpose

    Version 01.20.00
    Added 09 Jan 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Transposes a score or folder of scores by interval, by key, or by using an Instrument Change to a transposing instrument. Designed to transpose lead sheets for C instruments into transposing instruments, but can be useful in a variety of transposing situations.

    Updated 29OCtober 2010 to fix incorrect handling of octave.

    Updated 25 June 2012 to fix double transposing of initial key sig, and fix by Interval when transposing down.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Scordatura

    Version 01.50.00
    Added 03 Mar 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in creates a scordatura staff for a stringed instrument in an altered tuning. Effectively it maps pitches so that they appear as if the notes were in standard tuning.

    More specifically, it maps a (string, position) value from an altered tuning to the note that represents the same (string, position) value in standard tuning. (Example: D2 on the low D string on a DADGAD tuned guitar is string 6 fret 0). In standard tuning, string 6 fret 0 is E2. So the plugin will rewrite the note D2 (in a notation staff) to be E2.

    A scordatura staff will not play back the way you might like it to.

    Check Google for \\\"scordatura\\\" if you are not clear what that means. If you are not clear on whether you want to use this you should probably not!

    WARNING: this plugin will completely rewrite the selected staves. Save and maybe make a copy of your score before running. Make a copy of the original notation staff, and run the plugin on that copy.

    You must specify the standard tuning and altered tuning used, in the form Sibelius uses for editing staff types. So guitar standard tuning is E2, A2, D3, G3, B3, E4 (low to high).

    There are lists of common instruments in the dialog, and if what you want is not in the list, find something close and modify it. Be careful to get the octaves correct. One other way to get the pitches for strings is to enter the notes for the open strings in a notation staff, then select each note and look for the name in the Notes pane of the Properties Window.

    See Help for more information, including a discussion of the ambiguity of scordatura.

    Updated 27 Feb 2009 to replace .plg file with .zip file

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Save Score With Date

    Version 01.20.00
    Added 17 Mar 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin saves a copy of the current score, combining the current date and/or time with the file name. The original score remains open and unchanged. This is useful for making date-stamped backup scores. The plugin requires a simple one-time setup to determine the format of the date on your machine. It allows you to choose one of a number of formats for the saved file name (such as file_03132008.sib or 081303_file.sib), and it will remember your preferences.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Loop Selection

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 24 Mar 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin will let you loop playback by adding marker and jump text to the start and end of the selection. If you play the score within the markers, playback will loop. The default target name is the first selected bar number.

    By default, marker/jump text only jumps to the start or end of a bar; to loop partial bars, select the text and turn off \\\'Jump at bar end\\\' in the Property Window Playback pane.

    In Sibelius 5, the plugin can delete any marker or jump text in the selection or in the score.

    To make it more obvious which notes will loop, you may want to add a highlight or color to the selected notes.

    Updated November 24, 2008 to fix problems deleting hidden markers and all markers in score.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Highlight Entire Selection

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 07 Apr 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds a highlight to all selected staves, rather than just the top staff (which is what Create Highlight does). The highlight is not continuous, but is one Highlight line per selected staff.

    Updated April 10, 2008 to allow coloring the highlight, and to delete selected highlights in addition to adding them. There is now a dialog that can be turned off after the first display.

    Updated April 12, 2008 to fix endpoint on single bar selections

    Updated 31 May, 2010 to include Comment user colors if Comments are present

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Remove Selected Highlights

    Version 01.03.00
    Added 10 Apr 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Removes any highlight lines within the current selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Time Signature For Irregular Bars

    Version 01.70.00
    Added 13 Apr 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds a time signature appropriate to the length to an irregular bar, so that irregular bars are made regular. It can also trace the locations of irregular bars.

    It also puts an appropriate time signature into the following \"regular\" bars where this is required. Its goal is to end up with a score where every bar has a size that matches an explicit time signature.

    It will not always spell the time signature correctly (it only looks at the length of a bar, not the notes it contains). The lowest denominator is 4, so it will not generate 3/2 or 2/2, but other than that, it picks the simplest fraction, so it will always choose 3/4 over 6/8 and 6/4 over 12/8.

    If there is no initial time signature, it will add one.

    Updated 20 March 2011 to add an option to choose 6/8 rather than 3/4 and 12/8 over 6/4.

    Updated 6 February 2012 to add option to use cautionary accidentals - on by default.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Reposition Dynamics

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 14 Apr 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Processes Expression text and hairpins for \"vocal\" staves, which expect dynamics to go above, rather than below the staff. It will also move dynamics on non-vocal staves to the bottom of the staff.

    If it finds dynamics in the wrong location relative to the center staff line, it will move them to the corresponding location on the opposite side of the center staff line.

    This is useful for scores with a mix of vocal and non vocal staves.

    It does not change the text or line style, but moves the objects as you would by dragging them by hand; \"Reset Position\" will restore them to their original position. It will not change the position of objects that are already on the correct side of the center line.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Replace Deleted Rests

    Version 01.08.00
    Added 20 Apr 2008 (last updated 25 Feb 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Looks for places where rests have been deleted rather than hidden, and will add rests back. By default it will hide the added rests.

    It can also trace the locations of deleted rests

    Updated 24 Feb 2016 to prevent unwanted duplication of non-note objects.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Trombone Slide Positions

    Added 21 Apr 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 3.x, Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds possible slide positions for selected Bb/F trombone notes in the range from F an octave below the bass stave to the Bb an octave above it.

    You can specify which voices should be marked.

    Plug-in written by Ian Cugley.

    Cautionary Time Signatures

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 22 Apr 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Forces all selected time signatures to use cautionary or to not use cautionary.

    Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Fix TAB Collisions

    Version 01.11.00
    Added 29 Apr 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Looks on a TAB staff for places where there are 2 or more notes on the same string and the same starting position in a bar, and it tries to move notes to different strings.

    It can trace the location of any notes it moves.

    It won\'t try if there are more notes than strings. It tries to correct notes that have no string assignment. It will skip grace notes and unison notes with the same duration (though the location of skipped unison notes will be traced).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Pickup Bar

    Version 01.76.00
    Added 09 May 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds a pickup bar of a specified length before a specified bar. It moves any system objects (title, copyright, time signature, etc.) formerly attached to the following bar to the pickup bar.

    Specify the pickup bar length by choosing from the list box or typing the first letter or number (key) in the list, with optional plus signs or spaces separating multiple entries.

    Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

    Updated 15 May 2010 to fix incorrect copying of special barlines.

    Updated 29 November 2011 to add . (dot) as an allowable duration.

    Updated 24 January 2012 to fix issues with bar number changes.

    Updated 26 February 2012 to fix dialog text overflow in Sib 7

    Updated 14 March 2012 to add warnings where score starts with a page number change or with hidden staves.

    Updated 19 October 2012. For Sib 7.1.3 and later, the plugin will now restore the Hide Empty Staves state of all the staves that were hidden before adding the pickup bar.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Pipe Ornaments

    Version 01.40.00
    Added 11 Jun 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Add bagpipe grace note ornaments before a selected note. Choose a named ornament from a list (Doublings, Embellishments, Piobaireachd, Grace Notes, Custom) or customize your own ornaments. Customized ornaments are saved across Sibelius sessions.

    Updated June 17, 2008 to fix problems when the \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\"do not show dialog\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\" button is active

    Updated August 5, 2008 to make dialog come up initially by default

    Updated February 2, 2009 to add explanation for editing custom entries.

    Updated 31 December 2010 to match changes made in the Bagpipes suite

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Arpeggiate Chords

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 10 Aug 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Writes out the pitches of notated chords (not chord symbols or diagrams) as separate notes so they can be clicked on and heard individually. It will generate a new instrument at the bottom of the score, and arpeggiate the notes of chords in the first selected staff.

    *** Notes in tuplets and grace notes will not be arpeggiated.

    Notes in different voices playing concurrently will be treated as part of the chord to be arpeggiated.

    Rests can be hidden in the output instrument.

    The arpeggiated notes will play at the same duration as the original chord; in some cases this will require the arpeggio to be placed in a tuplet. If this happens, all notes in the chord will be made into a single voice (otherwise the original voice is maintained).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Current Dynamics

    Version 01.20.00
    Added 03 Oct 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Displays the most recent dynamics marking (expression text or hairpin) for each staff in the score at the start of the selection. The list is in the debug trace window, which can stay on screen after the plugin runs.

    Updated 7 October 2008 to allow multiple dynamics at same location and improve choice of dynamics for multi-stave instruments.

    Updated 12 May 2009 to show multiple adjacent hairpins.

    Updated 14 August 2011 to filter out some expression text that is unlikely to be dynamics

    Updated 16 October 2012 to change Dynamics text to be recognized as Expression text that matches a list of dynamics words.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Counterpoint Intervals

    Version 01.04.00
    Added 23 Oct 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Calculates the intervals between notes in adjacent staves (in Fux-style counterpoint) and writes the interval below the upper staff in Lyrics text style. Intended for use by teachers writing counterpoint examples. Works only with single notes and one voice per staff.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Notes Tied To - Simple

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 03 Nov 2008 (last updated 09 May 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters notes in a selection that are the targets of a tied note, i.e., if one note is tied to a second note, the filter will select the second note.

    This plugin will not catch all notes that are tied to. It assumes that the note with the ties immediately precedes its target, and so will miss arpeggiated notes tied to a block chord. It will also miss notes tied to from a note in a different voice. It general, for simple cases it works well, but please check all output carefully, and do not assume it is always correct.

    This was intended for the use of selecting target notes in guitar tab, to make it easier to hide them, but there are likely many other uses as well. The Filter Other plugin has an option to filter tied notes, and these may find uses in tandem.

    Updated 27 May 2010. A dialog was added, along with the ability to deselect as well as select notes.

    Updated 5 April 2010. Changed initial test to allow plugin to run in Sibelius 5.25.

    Updated 9 May 2016. Reworked the way tied to notes are calculated for better results and faster execution.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Input Durations

    Added 12 Nov 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    The Input Durations plugins are a set of Sibelius plugins that allow you to enter notes into a score by specifying only the duration. The pitch is automatically chosen, typically to be the note on the center line of the staff.

    These plugins can be useful if you want to enter drum rhythms, or if you want to enter rhythms and pitches in separate passes, entering the rhythms with these plugins and repitching to add pitches.

    There are 9 plugins, 8 of which are mapped to a different ctrl/cmnd+ key on the numeric keypad. The durations entered are mapped to the familiar keypad keys (with the ctrl/cmnd key held down), from a whole note/semibreve (numpad 6) to a 32nd note/demisemiquaver (numpad 1), and optional plugins for 64th and 128th notes.

    A PDF file in the zip file explains how to install and set up shortcuts for these plugins

    Updated 14 November 2008 to fix an intermittent bug. All downloaders requested to download and replace the InputDuration.plg file (that is the only one that changed).

    Updated 13 October 2010 to fix a bug involving clef changes in bar 1 of a score. The InputDuration.plg file is the only file that changed).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Create Add Text Plugin

    Version 01.82.00
    Added 21 Nov 2008 (last updated 15 Feb 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Lets you create and install a new plug-in that, when run, will insert a piece of text into the score. The properties of the text are taken from text (staff text, system text, or lyrics) that is selected when Create Add Text Plugin is run. If you assign a shortcut to the new plug-in, you will have, in effect, a way to assign a shortcut to an individual piece of formatted text.

    The generated plugin will be put by default in the "Add Text" subfolder of your user Plug-ins folder. The name will include the text style and some of the text.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

    In order to assign shortcuts to the newly-created plug-ins, you must first close and restart Sibelius, so the new plug-ins will be loaded.

    Updated 13 December 2010 to transfer the show/hide state in both the score and parts (Sib 6 only). The zip file now contains 2 plugins one for Sibelius 5 only, the other for Sibelius 6 and later.

    Updated 22 Oct 2011 to restore the Sib 5 version

    Updated 6 February 2012 to fix crash when choosing system text.

    Updated 12 Oct 2012 to reduce restrictions on user-defined text.

    Updated 14 Feb 2015 to restore the Sib 5 version again...

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Hide Specific Accidentals

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 05 Dec 2008 (last updated 18 May 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin hides accidentals on selected notes with the specified pitches in any octave. It may be useful when you are simulating an unconventional key signature.

    You can also unhide accidentals, which will restore their original unhidden state, but this will also restore any accidentals in the selection that were hidden manually.

    Updated 24 August 2011 to tidy up the main dialog.

    Updated 18 May 2014 to allow hiding only visible accidentals (Sibelius 7.1.3 and later only)

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Pitch Class to Notes

    Version 02.51.00
    Added 13 Dec 2008 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds pitch class numbers for selected notes, including quartertones.

    You can specify which pitch to use for pitch class 0, and also mark classes 10 and 11 so they will not be confused with 1 and 0.

    All pitch classes with be assigned to the voice \\\'all voices\\\'. If you use Lyrics style, each voice will be assigned to a different lyrics verse (voice 1 = Lyrics line 1, etc.), so the voices will be at different heights and may be filtered for, using the text style.

    Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Change Selected Barlines

    Version 01.04.00
    Added 07 Jan 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds a barline of a specified type to each bar in the selection, thus allowing multiple barlines to be changed at once.

    It offers a special barline type called Default, which resets the barline in selected bars to the default barline type as defined in Engraving Rules. This is usually, but not always Normal. (Normal adds in a Special Barline of type Normal, which is also what Create Barline in Sibelius does).

    Updated 7 August 2009 to work with individually selected barlines as well as passage selections of bars

    Updated 24 August 2009 to fix problems with individual barlines

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Go To Out Of Range Note

    Version 01.42.00
    Added 16 Jan 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes a list of all selected notes that are out of range for the instrument they are in (even after an instrument change). From within the plugin dialog you can navigate to any of the out of range notes, and when the dialog closes the chosen note will be selected.

    If you have trouble seeing the selected note, use the up arrow to move it, then Undo (not down arrow) to restore the original pitch.

    You can also copy the list to the trace window, for printing or relaxed study.

    This plugin can be especially useful for people who cannot differentiate the red colors used by Sibelius for out-of-range notes.

    Updated 12 Feb 2011. Added ability to go to notes based on the number of ledger lines. Also added an option to filter all the out or range or ledger lined notes in the selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Hidden Key Signatures

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 22 Jan 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin turns the \\\"Hide\\\" property on or off for selected key signatures. This is the same as using the \\\"Hide\\\" property in Create Key Signatures.

    This is a companion to the Cautionary Time Signatures plugin.

    Updated 2 April 2009 for internal code cleanup

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Previous Rehearsal Mark

    Version 011500
    Added 28 Jan 2009 (last updated 02 Feb 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Finds the previous (default) or following rehearsal mark (if any), starting from the start of the selection. To choose direction, run the plug-in with no selection.

    This is a companion to Find Rehearsal Mark, which by default finds the following Rehearsal Mark. Assign keys to each of these to easily switch directions.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Analyze Harmonic Intervals

    Added 05 Feb 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Written for Art Matthews

    This plug-in analyzes the size and quality of all intervals in a selection: perfect for correcting theory homework, making answer keys for Sibelius worksheets, or to aid in score analysis or study. Not only does it support up to quadruple diminished and augmented intervals, additionally it colors green any diminished unisons, as they are a point of theoretical discourse. There is also a \"number of intervals analyzed\" tally, and and tally of any diminished unisons that were analyzed.

    Updated 19 August 2009: The plug-in can now handle multi-voice activity, including passing tones.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Select Notes in Chord Position

    Added 12 Feb 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in selects/copies/deletes all specified notes of all chords within a selection based upon their position within each chord. There are a number of parameters for selecting multiple notes within each chord, both pre-defined special combinations as well as user-defined combinations. It is particularly useful for extracting chord voicings or separating music that was inputted on a single staff. Advanced applications are vast, as it can be applied to all staves within a selection and contains multiple processing functions (select, select and copy, delete, and delete and copy).

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Custom System Filter

    Version 01.21.00
    Added 16 Feb 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    A filter that will filter objects in the System staff, even if the selection is not a system selection. By default it will filter for Tempo text, but it is designed to be modified. Change the condition in the IsDesiredObject method. The remaining code will filter objects that pass the IsObjectDesired test.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Replace Color

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 03 Mar 2009 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Changes the color of all selected objects that match the original color to be the replacement color. It will only replace \\\'\\\'added\\\'\\\' colors, such as from Edit > Color or a plugin, not the built-in colors.

    You can remove coloring by setting the replacement color to Black, or add colors by setting the original color to black.

    If you want to replace the colors of system objects, such as Tempo text, run the plugin with a system (double purple box) selection.

    Updated 24 June 2012 to fix version information.

    Updated 13Feb2015 to respell version name; no code change, no update of version number.

    Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Extend Slur / Extend Hairpin

    Version 01.09.00
    Added 19 Mar 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin finds the line (usually a slur) that *ends* closest to the first selected note in each voice of the selection, and extends it to the note. The line must be attached to the same staff as the selected note(s). The line must either match the voice of the note or be set to \\\"all voices\\\".

    If more than one line ends at the same point, the plugin will choose the one that started first, which tends to extend the outside slur when there are nested slurs.

    The intended use is during note input, to extend an existing slur to cover recently added notes without leaving note input mode. It is useful to assign a keyboard shortcut to this plugin.

    If the plugin is run with no selected notes or (non bar) rests, a dialog will appear to allow you to choose a different type of line to be extended (such as hairpins). To actually extend a line, close the dialog, select a note, and run the plugin again.

    You may have to adjust the endpoint of lines other than slurs.

    Extend Hairpin is also included in the .zip file. It is essentially the same plugin but defaults to finding Hairpins instead of Slurs.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Note Names To Noteheads White

    Version 02.05.00
    Added 08 Apr 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Works like the shipping Add Note Names to Noteheads plugin, writing the name of a note inside the notehead using the Opus Note Names font.

    It also creates a stemless white colored note behind each note to block out the staff and leger lines.

    You must install the included House Style, Opus Note Names No Leger.lib in your user House Style Folder (located at the same level as your user Plugins folder).

    It will only work on a file that has notes only in voice 1. The visible notes will be changed to be in voice 3 (the white notes are in voice 1). You can rerun the plugin if you need to change notes that have been transposed.

    Updated 29 June 2009 to handle notes within tuplets

    Updated 17 November 2011. If running in Sibelius 6.1 or later, you must install the included House Style, Opus Note Names No Leger 6-1.lib in your user House Style Folder.

    If you are running Sibelius 7.1.2 or later, you will be better results by using the shipping Add Note Names To Noteheads Plugin (Notations - Noteheads - Add Note Names).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Remove Trill Wiggly Lines

    Added 14 Apr 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in removes the wiggly lines from selected trills in a score. If there is no initial selection, the user is given a choice of changing every trill or cancelling the operation.

    Behind the scenes, the plug-in shortens the length of a trill\'s wiggly line to zero. As such, trills are maintained as \"line\" type elements and keep their ability to sound a trill during score playback.

    Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman (edited by Bob Zawalich).

    Insert Current Dynamics

    Version 01.30.00
    Added 16 Apr 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Will insert the most recent dynamic (expression text) into all selected bars, or optionally into selected bars that follow a system or page break, double barline, or Rehearsal Mark. The dynamics may be parenthesized.

    It cannot determine where a system or page starts, but if you lock the score or put in explicit page and system breaks, dynamics can effectively be placed at the start of systems.

    If you want bold expressions, you must specify a Music text font. Valid fonts include Opus Text and Inkpen2 Text.

    Updated 26 May 2009 to allow dynamics to be placed in the first bar of a system or page, even if the file is unlocked, when run in Sibelius 6.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

    Updated 23 Oct 2011. Music text font now initialized to the score music text font.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Replace Trill Symbols with Trill Lines

    Added 18 Apr 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in replaces trill symbols that don’t play back with trill lines that do playback. It handles the standard trill symbol “tr” as well as the bracketed trill symbol “(tr)”, which are replaced with a trill line without the wiggly line. If there is no initial selection, the user is given a choice of replacing every trill symbol or canceling the operation.

    This plug-in is useful if you receive a score from another copyist that used trill symbols or for scores imported into Sibelius from some other programs.

    Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

    Color Harp Strings

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 27 Apr 2009 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This zip file contains 2 plugins: Color Harp Strings and Pitch Spectrum for Harp. These plugins are different approaches to coloring notes that are on a harp\\\\\\\'s C strings (pitches Cb, C, and C#) Red, and those on the F strings (Fb, F, and F#) Blue. This is sometimes done for introductory harp music, though some harpists like it for all their scores.

    This would be fairly simple to do except for the fact that Sibelius colors all notes in a chord the same color.

    These plugins offer solutions that will work in some cases, and offer at least a starting point when they cannot do all the coloring.

    *Color Harp Strings* will color notes that are not in chords or intervals. It will color (using the mechanism of Edit > Color) single notes of the desired pitches, but will not color the same pitches in a chord. Instead, it traces the location of such pitches so you can find them to hand color after printing.

    If chords are broken up so that each chord tone is in a different voice (quite tedious), all the notes can be colored with this plugin. This plugin has no problem differentiating enharmonically equivalent pitches (C#/Db, Cb/B, etc).

    *Pitch Spectrum for Harp* uses the Sibelius Pitch Spectrum feature, which can color chord tones separately, but will not differentiate among enharmonically equivalent pitches (C#/Db, Cb/B, C/B#, F#/Gb. etc.). These would be colored the same, which can be a problem in harp music, which often contains enharmonic pitches. The plugin looks to see if there are conflicts. If so, it offers a choice of coloring each pair of the equivalent notes or not.

    This plugin can completely color music with chords if there are no enharmonic notes.

    Be sure you understand how Pitch Spectrum works (check the Reference and the plugin Help) before using this plugin, or you may be surprised.

    Pitch Spectrum for Harp will not work in Sibelius 6, which removed the Pitch Spectrum feature. It will still work in Sibelius 5. Color Harp Strings does work (with the same limitations) in Sibelius 5 and 6.

    Updated 20 February 2015. The plugin will now also color chords that consist only of notes on the C string or on the F string.

    Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Enharmonic pitch

    Version 01.19.00
    Added 12 May 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Finds the next or previous occurrence of an note with a specified pitch starting from the start of the selection.

    Unlike Edit Find, You can specify enharmonically equivalent pitches separately, such as G# and Ab, Cb and B, or Dbb and C. You can also look for either the Written pitch or the Concert pitch in a transposing score or part.

    The zip file contains 2 plugins, both of which must be installed. Find Enharmonic Pitch Next finds the next occurrence of the specified pitch, and Find Enharmonic Pitch Previous finds the previous.

    To choose pitch, octave, or whether to find Written or Concert pitch, run the plugin with no selection.

    These plugins are dedicated to Gareth Glyn and Richie Vitale.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Combine Tied Notes and Rests

    Added 08 Jun 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    If during the operation of this plug-in the Live Playback duration of a note needs to be truncated, the message that appears can be dismissed so that it does not appear again in that session.

    Plug-in written by Sibelius Software.

    Round Metronome Marks

    Version 1.2
    Added 13 Jun 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in examines the entire score and rounds metronome marks, turning for example q=60.0003 into q=60~q=60.0003. So only the display is rounded; the tempo for playback isn't changed.

    It will treat metronome marks it finds in metronome text or tempo text. It ignores marks that are already preceded with a tilde.

    There's an option to round the metronome marks to the nearest proper metronome value, or you can round to the nearest x decimal places.

    Updated 15 October 2012: This version of the plug-in handles commas for decimal marks.

    Updated 10 October 2013: New option to overwrite the old metronome mark with the new, rounded one.

    Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

    Play It Again!

    Version 01.09.00
    Added 19 Jun 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Repeats playback of a selection either continuously or a specified number of times without requiring changes to the score.

    There are some quirks, described in Help. Mainly, the final note will be cut off, there is a gap at the start of the selection, and if the final note is not on a beat, the following note may be played. But it is very convenient to use, and may be useful.

    Instead, you may try the Loop Selection plugin, which avoids most of the playback quirks, but it adds text to the score, which may not be desirable.

    Updated 20 June 2009 to fix bugs

    Updated 1 October 2009 to use Sib 6.1 features to allow repeat of a single note, and to reduce previous quirks.

    Updated 15 August 2011. Added ability to process selection or all staves, and no-selection option settings. Added helper plugins Play Again Selection and Play Again All Staves, which run with no dialog and are stopped by using the SpaceBar.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Convert Legacy Chord Symbols

    Version 01.20.00
    Added 23 Jun 2009 (last updated 01 Feb 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Converts "legacy" text chord symbols to Sib 6-style chord symbols, or Sib 6 chords to legacy text chord symbols.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 dialog control changes

    Updated 8 September 2012 adding option to use plain text rather than formatted text when converting to Legacy chord symbols.

    Updated 1 February 2016. Added code to retain the horizontal and vertical offsets of the original text or chord symbol objects. Also made the display of the number converted at the end of the plugin a dialog option. Internally, the code was restructured to move most of the processing out of the Run routine into ProcessSelection, and the check for an empty selection is now made before the dialog appears. This should have no effect on the output.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Mute Unmute

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 30 Jun 2009 (last updated 02 Feb 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Mutes, unmutes, or toggles the mute state of selected staves. This has only been practical since Sibelius 6; the changed mute status will be reflected in the mixer.

    Updated 23 August 2009 to allow setting mute state to half muted

    Updated 13 March 2011 to add Emphasize selected (half-solo) mode.

    Updated 12 March 2012 to fix tracing bug.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Go To Next-Previous Page

    Added 03 Jul 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Go to the start of the next or previous page, based on the start of the selection (you need to have a selection for this to work).

    Updated 11 November 2010. Now if there is no selection you are taken to bar 1. Also fixes to Go To Previous, and it will now take you to the start of the current page if you are not on the first bar of the page, and if you are on the first bar it will take you to the previous page.

    As before, the effect is similar to Go To Bar to the desired page - the target bar will have a system selection around it.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Replace Arpeggio Lines

    Version 01.00.00
    Added 08 Jul 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Looks for "old-style" arpeggio lines and replaces them with a new note-attached arpeggio attached to the nearest following note or chord.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Focus Set

    Version 01.85.00
    Added 17 Jul 2009 (last updated 26 Jan 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is a set of plugins that let you create, save, and apply groups of staves (focus sets) that can be applied to a score to cause it to display those staves in View > Focus On Staves.

    You can create custom groups of staves for specific scores. You need to set up the groups for each score you work on, but you can group any staves you want.

    Use the plugin Focus Set to create, save, and apply your focus sets. Use Clone Focus Set if you have a number of scores with the same instrumentation. You can set up focus sets for one score, and use Clone Focus Sets to copy the settings into another score.

    Focus Set 1, Focus Set 2, .. Focus Set 10, can be assigned to keystroke shortcuts. Focus Set 1 will apply the first focus set in the list of sets, Focus Set 2 runs the second (regardless of the names). These plugins run with no dialogs.

    It is recommended that these plugins be installed into a separate user Plugins subfolder (e.g., Focus Set). A PDF help document is included in the zip file.

    Updated 21 July 2009 to improve error handling.

    Updated 4 September 2009. Clone Focus Set plugin was updated because it would fail with focus sets created by the July update. The plugins should now automatically stay in sync.

    Updated 29 January 2011 to update PDF document.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

    Updated 26 October 2014 in put Clone Focus Set back in the zip file and update it to work in Sibelius 7.5.

    Updated 25January2015. Set version number in Clone Focus Set to be the same as Focus Set and its children to avoid not picking up saved versions that used a different version number,

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Focus Families

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 17 Jul 2009 (last updated 16 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    The Focus Families plugins let you display, in Focus On Staves, instruments contained in one or more families of instruments. The families are predefined by Sibelius and are: "Brass", "Exotic", "Fretted", "Keyboard", "Other", "Pitched Percussion", "Singers", "Strings", "Unpitched", and "Wind".

    Use Focus Families (and its 2 clones, Focus Families 1 and Focus Families 2) to display multiple instrument families. These plugins bring up a dialog, at least the first time run in a session, and save their settings across Sibelius sessions.

    There is also a set of plugins that will display one family of instruments. These have no dialog, and are meant to be assigned to shortcut keys. They are Focus Brass, Focus Exotic, Focus Fretted, Focus Keyboard, Focus Other, Focus Pitched Percussion, Focus Singers, Focus Strings, Focus Unpitched, and Focus Wind.

    All instruments are in one family only. So for example, though you can find a Harp in Create > Instruments in both the Strings and Pitched Percussion families, the plugin will always place a harp in Pitched Percussion.

    While these plugins are less customizable than the Focus Set plugins, they do not require setup for each score, and so can be mixed and matched with the Focus Set plugins.

    It is recommended that these plugins be installed into a separate user Plugins subfolder (e.g., Focus Families). A PDF help document is included in the zip file.

    Updated 23 June 2010. Focus Families/2/3 were not restoring their saved settings, and this in fixed.

    Updated 29 January 2011. Added Focus Families 4..9, and added an option to put harps in either the Strings or Pitched Percussion families. the PDF document was also updated.

    Updated 29 August 2012 to restore the missing single family plugins, such as Focus Brass.

    Updated 5 September 2012 to fix settings for including Harps in string and pitched percussion.

    Updated 16 June 2015 to make the Focus Families plugins remember the settings for Wind instruments

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Move Passage Selection Up or Down A Staff

    Added 29 Jul 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    In Avid's industry-standard software Pro Tools, there is often a need to navigate the music using a selection. For example, if you make a selection in one instrument and wish to jump to another instrument whilst retaining the original selection's boundaries you can easily do so using Pro Tools's built-in shortcuts. There certainly exists a need for this type of navigation in Sibelius; however, in Sibelius if you wish to jump a passage selection up or down to another staff, there is no quick way to do so.

    To remedy this, simply assign shortcuts to these two selection navigation plug-ins, which are useful for copying and pasting from one staff to another, quickly pasting throughout staves, toggling through them, or for allowing the engraver to adjust staff spacing without ever having to use the mouse or a combination of shortcuts. Currently it toggles through even staves that are hidden, so if your selection goes off the screen it is because you are selecting a staff that is currently hidden. Compatible with Sibelius 4, 5, and 6.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Add Slash Noteheads for Parts for Sibelius 6

    Version 02.30.00
    Added 06 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is an updated version of the plug-in supplied with Sibelius 5. While its original purpose (adjusting slash noteheads that transposed) is obsolete in Sibelius 6, the plugin has other uses as well. This version correctly handles slash notes for transposing instruments (which the version shipping with Sibelius 5 does not do).

    Updated 8 August 2008 to restore transposing to noteheads other than slash noteheads, to make the behavior the same as in Sibelius 5.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Export Selection As Audio

    Version 01.35.00
    Added 12 Aug 2009 (last updated 31 Mar 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Exports the selected music in the score to an audio file (unlike File - Export Audio, which always exports to the end of the score). It will only export staves that play back through virtual instruments, so it is best if your current playback configuration uses only virtual instruments, and does not use MIDI devices.

    The plugin will export only selected notes, regardless of the initial position of the playback line.

    The plugin creates a temporary score named TemporaryScoreForExportAudio.sib, in the default Scores folder, which it will reuse if run again. You may freely delete this score after the plugin finishes.

    Updated 24 August 2009. The plugin now deletes the temporary score, so it will no longer be left around.

    Updated 9 September 2009. The duration of the selection now appears in the dialog prior to export.

    Updated 14 December 2012. Fixes bug where unselected staves were exported, and fixes crashing bug if plugin is run from a part. Also adds option to omit muted staves (previous versions always omitted them, and omit is the default, but this provides an option so you can match the way Export Audio works).

    Updated 5 March 2014. Fixes problems with filenames containing embedded periods.

    Updated 30 March 2016. Plugin now starts and stops playback before exporting a score, which should force the sounds to be loaded before exporting. Thanks to Kenneth Gaw for the idea.

    Updated 31 March 2016 to improve error reporting.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Fill Selection With Slash Notes

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 15 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds notes in a chosen voice to the middle staff line in selected bars (even if they are empty). Notes are normally added in voice 1; change this if the bars contain voice 1 notes.

    Only type 3 and 4 (slash) noteheads will stay on the middle line in parts for transposing instruments, though other noteheads may be added.

    Added notes can be shown only in the score or the part, be hidden, or be cue-sized.

    Updated 11 October 2009 to handle instruments with different clefs in concert and transposing scores. (Needs Sib 6.1 for this to work).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Convert Text to Comments

    Added 16 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in, for use with Sibelius 6, converts all text of a specified style in a score (including any or all versions) to Comments. It extracts all of the text types present in the score and allows you to create colorful, maximized or minimized, comments. We've all tried making our own comments in earlier versions of Sibelius using a special text style, so what now when you open the score in Sibelius 6? Painless remedy.

    "I have a number of scores from the opera Kiravanu that I wrote with James Humberstone made in Sibelius 5, with comments made by using boxed text on an added staff. I wanted to both convert these in the scores to Sibelius 6 comments and also create a list to review as we consider revising the opera. With 'Convert Text to Comments,' I can do both in one quick run." - Mary Elizabeth

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Export Comments

    Added 16 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in, for use with Sibelius 6, exports all comments in a score (including any or all versions) to a log file or can list them in the trace window. A straightforward method of getting your conversations out of the score.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Maximize or Minimize Comments

    Added 16 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in, for use with Sibelius 6, maximizes, minimizes, or switches all comments in a score (including any or all versions). A straightforward method for revealing or hiding your comments, since they cannot be hidden as other objects in Sibelius can.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Filter Chord and Legacy Symbols

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 20 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters Sibelius 6-style chord symbols, legacy chord symbols (text objects with Chord Symbol text style), or both, allowing you to select or deselect the desired symbols.

    Since the Sibelius 6 Filter will filter both types, the plugin defaults to filtering legacy chord symbols only.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter With Deselect

    Version 01.41.00
    Added 20 Aug 2009 (last updated 04 Aug 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters the same items as the Sibelius 6 Edit Filter menu (plus Legacy Chord Symbols), but allows you to Deselect without needing to use the Advanced Filter. It also has an option to exclude user-defined text and lines.

    Updated August 29, 2009 to filter cue-sized objects.

    Updated 12 May 2010 to filter Sib 6 chord symbols separately.

    Updated 28 September 2010 to make Notes and Chords skip rests and to add a filter for Notes, Rests, and Chords.

    Updated 1 November 2011 to add filters for Appoggiatura and Acciaccatura

    Updated 16 January 2012 to filter different symbol sizes.

    Updated 7 March 2012 to make dialog larger and add filter for Fingering text.

    Updated 1 August 2016. Added filter for notes and slurs and made note filters explicit

    Updated 2 August 2016. Added a few more options (staff lines, tuplets) and made the list multi-selectable in Sib 7+.

    Updated 2 August 2016. Reduced size of dialog to work better on laptop.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Comments

    Version 01.21.00
    Added 20 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters Comments by author, date, or text. You may color or resize the filtered comments.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Note Arpeggios Jazz Artic

    Version 01.21.00
    Added 20 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters notes that contain Sibelius 6 note-attached arpeggios and/or jazz articulations (fall, doit, scoop, plop).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Resize Bar

    Version 01.36.00
    Added 22 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Changes the length of selected bars by a fixed amount (e.g., a quarter note/crotchet) or to a given size, including the size of the current time signature. This will change the affected bars to be irregular bars in most cases.

    Updated 24 August 2009 to fix some error handling code

    Updated 26 August 2009 to fix problems with special barlines

    Updated 11 August 2011 to change Shrink to Fit to remove both leading and trailing rests, to simplify its use for pickup bars. Sib 6 or later required.

    Updated 3 December 2011 for compatibility with Sib 7 version.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Comments

    Added 30 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Find next or previous Comment in the score. The zip file contains both Find Next Comment and Find Previous Comment

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Note Arp Jazz Artic

    Added 30 Aug 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Find next or previous note that contains note-attached arpeggios or jazz articulations (fall, doit, scoop, plop).

    Run with no selection to change options.

    The zip file contains 2 plugins one for Next and one for Previous.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Advanced Calculator

    Added 10 Sep 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in is designed for Sibelius 6 as a Sibelius-inclusive calculator. The classic calculator interface allows you to input equations, including variables derived from the score.

    The plug-in also remains running as long as you would like for as many equations as you like. There is built-in memory so your solution remains after every time you hit Enter, so that it may be used for the next equation.

    In other words, it functions just like a real calculator would just within Sibelius.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Export Audio Score and Parts

    Version 01.61.00
    Added 11 Sep 2009 (last updated 31 Mar 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Exports audio, creating .wav or .aiff files from a score, a score and each of its parts, or just the parts of a score. Will process the current score, all the currently open scores, or all the scores in a specified folder.

    Updated 16 September 2009 so the options are visible even if you start with no scores open.

    12 November 2009 there is a potential crashing problem with running this plugin on a folder of scores, and that use is not recommended until a fix becomes available.

    Updated 30 March 2016. Plugin now starts and stops playback before exporting a score, which should force the sounds to be loaded before exporting. I believe this will fix the problem of crashing when running on a folder of scores. Thanks to Kenneth Gaw for the idea.

    Updated 31 March 2016 to improve error reporting.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Circle TAB Half and Whole Notes

    Version 01.20.00
    Added 17 Sep 2009 (last updated 22 Mar 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Circle TAB for Half & Whole Notes will find half and whole notes in a guitar (guitar only) TAB staff, and add circle or ellipse symbols to cover these notes or chords, so as to indicate their duration. This is not as good as having Sibelius support this as a feature, but it really beats doing the same thing by hand.

    The symbols will be in a drawing layer on top of the notes, so to access the notes you will have to pull the symbols out of the way. However, the plugin has an option to delete all the added symbols, and another to delete existing symbols and add new ones, which works well if you are still editing the score.

    The zip file includes a House Style library that must be installed in the user House Style folder. The plugin will load symbols from this House Style.

    The symbols and their placement are customizable, (if tediously) using the Options… button. You can choose different symbols and specify their X and Y offsets in the dialog, and these values are preserved over Sibelius sessions. The plugin author can provide more details if you actually want to try this.

    Updated 22March2015 to make it work with 5 line and 4 line TAB staves as well as 6 line guitar tab.It will not work with TAB staves greater than 6 lines, and probably never will.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Move Passage Selection to Next or Previous Bar

    Added 27 Sep 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    These two Selection Navigation plug-ins make a passage selection around the next or previous bar (assuming you have a passage currently selected). They are useful when assigned shortcuts, and are particularly suited to be used with the other Selection Navigation plugins. They work for Sibelius 5 and 6.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Musical Dice

    Added 27 Sep 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in emulates musical dice. Click to roll and you get a random pitch, a random rhythm, or both. A fun little way to randomly compose music.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Hide or Show Articulations

    Added 27 Sep 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in hides, or shows previously-hidden standard articulations within a selection. As articulations can not actually be hidden, they are deleted and hidden text is created in their place. To show the articulations, run the plug-in again and the text will be converted back to the original articulations. This is useful for situations where it is desirable for playback to be different than a printed score.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Break At Bars

    Added 27 Sep 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in allows users to enter a string of bar numbers to make page breaks or system breaks, or both. This is especially helpful when used in conjunction with the Suggest Page Turns plug-in. Other situations, such as making corrections from a PDF, where it is easiest to put page turns into the Sibelius file before correcting (easier to navigate), and quick formatting, are made a little bit easier.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Trace Internal Bar Numbers

    Version 01.02.00
    Added 01 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    The bar numbers you see in a score (the external or displayed bar numbers) may not reflect the consecutive ordering of the bars. So you may have bars numbered 0 (for a pickup), 1, 2, then 1 again, 2, 3, then 10, 11, 12… in an extreme case. You could at least restart bar numbers as a section break.

    Sibelius keeps an internal or consecutive bar number as well so that each bar has a unique and consecutive number. If your score has any bar number changes, the internal and external bar numbers are most likely different.

    Note that in the General Pane of the Properties Window, the bar number displayed is the external number (it reflects bar number changes) while the page numbers displayed are internal page numbers (they do not reflect page number changes).

    In Sibelius 6.1, the new Manual Repeats Playback feature (in Play – Repeat) requires that internal bar numbers be used.

    This plugin writes the internal and external bar numbers of selected bars to the Trace window.

    Updated 3 October 2009 to show range of selected bars for a passage selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Create Chord Symbols From List

    Added 09 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in creates chord symbols from two corresponding lists. Just type in your chord symbol names in one text edit field (separated by commas), and type a corresponding list of bar numbers in the other text edit field (also separated by commas).

    Not only is it helpful for copying and pasting text files, but you can drag the plug-in dialog window around your monitor closer or over top of your PDF viewer for faster input.

    Another useful feature is that it supports subdivisions of the bar. Often times when inputting chord symbols you may be doing so over bar rests. In such cases it becomes arduous to create chord symbols over subdivisions of the bar (since there is nothing immediate to attach them to). Conversely, it is simple to do do this within this plug-in: just type in the bar number with the appropriate decimal. For example, if you would like the chord symbol to appear 2/3rds of the way through the 5th bar, you would type "5.75", or if you wanted it 7/8ths through the bar you would type "5.875".

    Chord Symbols are such an excellent feature in Sibelius 6, now it is quite easy to quickly input them from text.

    Inspired by Edo Castro.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Print Folder Of Scores And Parts

    Version 01.60.00
    Added 16 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Prints a score and / or its parts for the current score, all currently open scores, or a folder of scores.

    The plugin can display the Sibelius Print dialog, but it will appear once for each score and once for each set of parts printed, so only choose this if you really need the option.

    Updated 24 November 2009. Added option to hide page numbers in printed scores. Note that the plugin cannot hide the first page number in a score, and so if these are visible they will appear in the printout. See Help for details.

    Updated 8 February 2011. Fixed bug where printing a folder of scores did not properly print open scores from the folder. Now they are printed and left open.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Analyze Melodic Intervals

    Added 22 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Written for Art Matthews

    This plug-in analyzes the size and quality of all melodic intervals in a selection: perfect for correcting theory homework, making answer keys for Sibelius worksheets, or to aid in score analysis or study. Not only does it support up to quadruple diminished and augmented intervals, additionally it colors green any diminished unisons, as they are a point of theoretical discourse. There is also a "number of intervals analyzed" tally, and and tally of any diminished unisons that were analyzed. It handles muti-voice activity and color codes the analysis to correspond to Sibelius's built-in voice color-scheme.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Analyze Melodic Intervals In Folder

    Added 22 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Written for Art Matthews

    This plug-in analyzes the size and quality of all melodic intervals in all scores within a folder: perfect for correcting theory homework, making answer keys for Sibelius worksheets, or to aid in score analysis or study. Not only does it support up to quadruple diminished and augmented intervals, additionally it colors green any diminished unisons, as they are a point of theoretical discourse. There is also a \"number of intervals analyzed\" tally, and and tally of any diminished unisons that were analyzed. It handles muti-voice activity and color codes the analysis to correspond to Sibelius' built-in voice color-scheme.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Add Tonic Sol-Fa

    Added 22 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This version of the plug-in is for Sibelius 6.1, and fixes a problem whereby the sol-fa text added is moved around by Magnetic Layout.

    Plug-in written by James Larcombe & Neil Sands.

    Analyze Harmonic Intervals in Folder

    Added 26 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Written for Art Matthews

    This plug-in analyzes the size and quality of all harmonic intervals in all scores within a folder; perfect for correcting theory homework, making answer keys for Sibelius worksheets, or to aid in score analysis or study. Not only does it support up to quadruple diminished and augmented intervals, additionally it colors green any diminished unisons, as they are a point of theoretical discourse. There is also a "number of intervals analyzed " tally, and and tally of any diminished unisons that were analyzed.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Scale Numbers

    Added 26 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in allows you to scale all numbers (with text) in a selection. It is ideal for scaling tempo and metronome markings in one automated swoop. In addition to being able to process both staff and system text, there is also a rounding function.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Slash Notes At Midline

    Version 02.21.00
    Added 27 Oct 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Takes existing notes or chords and turns them into a single note at the middle line of the staff. It determines the pitch by looking at the clef in the non-transposed score.

    It can move or create a number of notehead styles, but is intended for use with slash noteheads.

    It allows you to turn off the display of the dialog, and will save most of its settings across Sibelius sessions.

    It is an excellent companion to the Fill Selection With Slash Notes plugin.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Convert Spaces To Units

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 06 Nov 2009 (last updated 14 Aug 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Convert Spaces To Units will convert fixed units like inches, mm, or points to or from "spaces" based units as used internally by Sibelius. (One "space" is defined as 1/4 of the staff height).

    This plugin will probably only have niche uses, but if you are using wildcards that use space units, or are writing plugins, or are just trying to figure out how many x units in the General tab of the Properties window will make an inch, it can come in very handy.

    This plugin requires Sibelius 6.1

    Updated 8 September 2010 to correct invalid conversion of points.

    Updated 14 August 2016 to prepare for multiple staff sizes.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Select Page & Select Staves on Page

    Added 14 Nov 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Select Page (All) allows you to make a passage selection around the current page, selecting all bars and staves on that page. Select a bar, and then run this plug-in and the full page will be selected. If you already have a selection that spans more than one page, all selected pages will be fully selected. Just as double clicking on a bar will select the entire system, and triple clicking on a bar will select the staff throughout the score, it is very helpful to assign a shortcut to this plug-in to quickly select a whole page.

    Select Page (Staff) allows you to make a passage selection around the current page, selecting all bars in the current staff/staves. Select a bar, and then run this plug-in and the full page will be selected (but only in the selected staff/staves). If you already have a selection that spans more than one page, all selected pages will be fully selected. Just as double-clicking on a bar will select the entire system, and triple-clicking on a bar will select the staff throughout the score, it is very helpful to assign a shortcut to this plug-in to quickly select a whole page.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Harp Arpeggio

    Version 2.0
    Added 0000-00-00 00:00:00 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Designed specifically for playback of arpeggios on the harp but may be used on other instruments.

    Uses Live Playback data to play back an arpeggio in one or more voices and on one or more staves. The arpeggio plays before the beat. Requires that Live Playback is turned on. (If Live Playback is turned off, Sibelius's usual arpeggio will still play if arpeggio lines are present in the score).

    Plug-in written by Ian Cugley.

    Harp Gliss

    Added 0000-00-00 00:00:00 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Designed specifically for playback of glissandos on the harp.

    Select the start and end notes for a glissando on the same staff or adjacent staves, then run the plug-in. You can then set the harp tuning, control the volume (velocity) of the glissando, and choose whether to show the tuning in the score. The glissando plays back using MIDI messages, and works across two staves and across barlines.

    Plug-in written by Ian Cugley.

    Show Instrument Ranges for Sibelius 6

    Added 04 Dec 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in provides a quick reference guide to the ranges of the instruments present in a score. The user can choose to either see the ranges for all the instruments in thea score, or to simply select a staff or staves and see just the ranges for the selected instruments. The plug-in also recognizes any instrument changes which may occur on that staff and includes them in the reference. A built in translator outputs pitch names and octave numbers as opposed to midi numbers. The text is outputted to the trace window for a program inclusive quick reference.

    This new version for Sibelius 6 only includes an improved user interface.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Filter Harp Pedal Diagrams

    Version 01.40.00
    Added 13 Dec 2009 (last updated 27 May 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters all selected harp pedal diagrams (as generated by the Add Harp Pedaling plugin).

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

    Updated 9 May 2012 to filter diagrams created with a text character style rather than a font change in Sib 7.

    Updated 27 May 2016 to allow harp diagrams of any text style to be recognized.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Label Harp Diagrams

    Version 01.17.00
    Added 13 Dec 2009 (last updated 27 May 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Can add a hidden text label next to any selected harp pedal diagrams. The text consists of the pitches in the pedal diagram.

    The plugin can also trace the location and pitches of any selected pedal diagrams, or any "tuning text", which is text that contains the pitches (CDEFGAB plus accidentals, in any order) in a harp tuning.

    It can optionally also label tuning text with a hidden pedal diagram.

    This will probably be at least as useful for occasional readers of pedal harp music, (such as composers of harp music) as for harpists.

    Updated 24 December 2009. Remove unwanted traces and clean up trace of boxed text diagrams.

    Updated 24 November 2012 to pick up diagrams that use character styles in Sib 7.

    Updated 14 February 2016 to clarify dialog text. No code changes

    Updated 27 May 2016 to allow harp diagrams of any text style to be recognized.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Harp Gliss From Pedal Diagram

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 13 Dec 2009 (last updated 27 May 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is a "front end" for Ian Cugley’s "Harp Gliss" plugin, which must be installed before this plugin is run.

    Ian’s plugin will generate pitches for a harp gliss from a tuning string that is typed in. This plugin will look for harp pedal diagrams or "tuning text", which is text that contains the pitches (CDEFGAB plus accidentals, in any order) in a harp tuning, and run Ian’s plugin using the tuning information closest to the selected pitches.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

    Updated 4 September 2011 to pick up pedal diagrams that start at the same location at the first selected pitch.

    Updated 24 November 2011 to pick up diagrams that use character styles in Sib 7.

    Updated 27 May 2016 to allow harp diagrams of any text style to be recognized.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Number Staff Names

    Version 01.02.00
    Added 24 Dec 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds or removes the sequential staff number to the Full Instrument Name of a staff. It can be useful for keeping track of staves with the same name (Flute, Violin, etc.) when there are multiple such instruments.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find and Replace Multi-Filter

    Version 02.02.00
    Added 31 Dec 2009 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Lets you set up a set of find/replace/text style filter combinations that can be used to call Find and Replace Text plugin multiple times.

    Like all "global replace" schemes, it runs the risk of replacing something you had already replaced, so you need to be careful about replacing in the correct order.

    The plugin lets you set up multiple sets of replacement texts, and for each set you can specify a text style to filter on before running Find and Replace Text. The plugin remembers the original selection and restores it after each pass, so the filtering always works on the possibly altered original text.

    The list of text styles is a small subset of all styles, but there is an Add Text Style button that lets you add more styles, and these are remembered across Sib sessions.

    You can get 15 sets on a page, and can get more pages as needed, so there is no limit, except perhaps time.

    It is possible to set up and save and restore multiple "text sets", so if you want to run a certain set of replacements on one score and another set on another score you do not have to retype them all.

    Updated 19 October 2011 to use Std fonts in Sib 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Alternate Harp Pedaling

    Version 01.09.00
    Added 01 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Given some entered note pitch names, the plugin will make a list of all the harp pedalings that include these pitches.

    The pitches must be defined using CAPITAL letters C D E F G A B for pitches, in any order, with b or # for accidentals, and optional X for placeholder pitches. Each pitch must be separated by at least 1 space. There can be no duplicate pitch letter names, and no more than 7 pitches. Double accidentals are not allowed.

    The results will be put in a listbox. If no pitch can be found for a harp string, an X will be displayed.

    Choosing an entry in the list moves a copy to an edit box from which you may copy the tuning text. The text following the tuning (font name and MLNO characters) is text for a pedal diagram. Paste this into a text item in a score to display as a pedal diagram.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Authentic Jazz Flips

    Added 08 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    The default fonts, symbols and lines provided with Sibelius, including Inkpen2, do not currently contain an authentic-looking jazz articulation called a flip. A flip (sometimes called a turn) looks somewhat like half of a flying seagull and is used to indicate the pitch rising above a first note and then dropping down to a second note. The item most similar to a flip that is provided with Sibelius is the guitar bend staff line.

    This plug-in allows you to bulk replace guitar bend staff lines with flips created from a provided TIF graphic. The recommended usage is to create your score using guitar bend staff lines in all the places where you want to have flips, and when the score is near completion, run this plug-in to replace the bends with flips.

    By inserting flips as graphic items, it ensures that they will be preserved if your score is submitted to SibeliusMusic.com or if you send the score file to another Sibelius user (an engraver, publisher, etc.), regardless of the fonts you and the recipient have installed.

    This plug-in is for visual purposes only and has no effect on sound playback.

    This plug-in requires that you move the flip.tif graphic included in the archive you download to your user's application data folder, which is by default C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\flip.tif for Windows XP, C:\Users\username\AppData\Roaming for Windows Vista/Windows 7, and /Users/username/Library/Application Support/flip.tif for Mac OS X. If your folder is located elsewhere or the TIF file is missing, the plug-in will advise you on how to correct the problem.

    Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

    Add Harp Pedal Diagrams

    Added 08 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is an update to the Add Harp Pedal Diagrams plug-in that ships with Sibelius 6.

    In Sibelius 6.1 or later, this updated version of the plug-in now correctly restores the appropriate text font after writing accidentals in text-based harp pedal diagrams.

    Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

    Harp Gliss Pitches

    Version 01.93.00
    Added 11 Jan 2010 (last updated 20 Feb 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Generates pitches that can be used to set the pedals of a harp for glissandos from the names of scales or chords.

    It lists a number of possible scale types and chord types. You can also define your own scales (of 7 pitches or fewer), and for chords, you may type in any chord type name that Sibelius 6 will recognize. You can specify any valid root for the scale or chord.

    The plugin will find all combinations of pedals that contain all the originally specified pitches. A PDF document describing the plugin is included in the zip file. Sibelius 6.1 or later is required.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

    Updated 12 October 2012 to adjust dialog spacing for Sib 7.

    Updated 20 February 2015 to adjust dialog spacing again, for Mac in Sib 7

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Fritts Transformation

    Added 12 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in uses the Fritts transformation to change interval quality (i.e. M3rd to m3rd, m7th to M7th, P4th to P5th, Tritone remains the same). The user can choose a central pitch for the transformation.

    Plug-in written by Chris Shortway and Dr Lawrence Fritts.

    Pitch Multiplication

    Added 12 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in uses interval multiplication to change pitch content. The user can choose a central pitch for the transformation and the level of multiplication.

    Plug-in written by Chris Shortway and Dr Lawrence Fritts.

    Pitch Counting

    Added 12 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in counts the number of each individual pitch in a selection. It is first displayed with octave numbers and then by pitch class. (One note on this: In order for a tied pitch to be counted, it must be selected through the end of the tie.)

    Plug-in written by Chris Shortway and Dr Lawrence Fritts.

    Consolidate Ossia Staves

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 22 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Looks for multiple ossia staves above or below a staff and copies the contents of the ossias into a single staff if possible. It then deletes any empty ossia staves.

    Updated 9 April 2013 to fix a crashing bug and to handle empty ossias better. Also added dialog to allow tracing without consolidating.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Select Range

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 22 Jan 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes a selection from specified bar numbers (“external” numbers, as displayed in the score) or Rehearsal Marks. It is intended for making a selection over a long range in a large score.

    If any bar numbers appear in more than one place in the score, the plugin will let you specify which location to select.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Export Document Layout Style

    Version 01.11.00
    Added 05 Feb 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Creates a text file in the (newly created) user Document Layout Styles folder containing Document Layout, Music Font, and Engraving Rules settings (all of them that are available to a plugin) from the current score.

    The created file can be used by other plugins (such as Import Document Layout Style) to import these properties, similar to importing House Styles.

    Updated 22 October 2010 to include score and part name and whether the generating score was a part.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Import Document Layout Style

    Version 01.65.00
    Added 05 Feb 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Imports selected properties from previously created (by the Export Document Layout Style plugin) Document Layout Styles files into the currently active score.

    Properties include staff size, page size, and margin settings.

    Requires Sibelius 6.1

    Updated 13 July 2010 to fix incorrect interactions with page margins fields.

    Updated 22 October 2010 to read updated file format and allow import into parts.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    String Harmonics

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 18 Feb 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds diamond-shaped notes above each single notes that has a normal notehead to notate string harmonics. There is a choice of which harmonic to notate, and an option to call the Harmonics Playback plugin to set up playback for these notes.

    Updated 27 December 2010. If run without running the Harmonics Playback option, both the original note and the diamond notes are now silenced (since neither is the actual sounding pitch).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Save or Restore Selection Outline

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 18 Feb 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Saves a passage (blue box) selection so that it can be restored later. May be useful if you are performing multiple operations on the same materials, and filtering.

    Note that only the location of the selection (which bars and staves are selected) is saved and restored. The contents of those bars and staves are neither saved not restored. Restoring just draws a box around whatever is in the bars at that moment.

    Updated 18 Feb 2010 to make Restore the default button if enabled.

    Updated 4 April 2011 to allow it to handle discontiguous selections. Also renamed it and changed the description in the dialog to make its purpose more obvious.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Remove Previous Ties and Remove Final Tied Notes

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 23 Feb 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    These plugins offer different ways of dealing with notes tied across a barline after using the Sibelius 6 R (Repeat) command.

    Given a single selected note or chord that is tied to:

    Remove Previous Ties removes ties from the previous note or chord in the same voice, if any, and leaves the note or chord following the barline selected.

    Remove Final Tied Notes deletes the note or chord after the barline, removes the tie from the previous note or chord, and selects the previous note or chord

    In both cases, the final note is selected and is ready for further note input, so if you assign the plugin to a shortcut (I found shift-R to be handy), you can remove the tie or tied note with one keystroke and continue inputting notes without having to reselect a note.

    Either plugin may be used; your workflow can determine which method you prefer.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Simplify Tied-To Notes

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 30 Mar 2010 (last updated 09 May 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Selects notes that are tied to (notes that are immediately preceded by a note of the same pitch, in the same voice, with a tie), and removes any articulations and cautionary accidentals on these notes.

    Notes tied to from different voices or notes tied to but separated by other notes, will not be detected or processed.

    Updated 15 August 2011 to remove brackets accidentals as well as cautionaries.

    Updated 18 January 2012 to remove articulations in chords only if all the notes are tied to.

    Updated 9 May 2016. Reworked the way tied to notes are calculated for better results and faster execution.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Verse Styles For Lyrics

    Version 01.15.0
    Added 10 Apr 2010 (last updated 03 Dec 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Combines selected lyrics that are of approximately the same vertical spacing into a single lyrics text style, aligned at the same position.

    It will not work well if there are overlapping lyrics, or the heights of lyrics in a verse have greatly different vertical positions, or there are different numbers of verses in different parts of the score. You can run the plugin on sub-selections of the score to get around some of those problems.

    It can create up to 5 lines of lyrics, with styles Lyrics Line 1 to 5. Only lyrics below the staff are processed.

    This plugin may be particularly useful after using Photoscore to read in a score with multiple verses of lyrics, as Photoscore puts all lyrics in the style Lyrics Line 1. It is intended to be used to prepare a score for running the Fix Photoscore Lyrics plugin.

    Please proofread carefully after running the plugin.

    Updated 2 December 2014 to allow plugin to run in Sibelius 5.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Go To Comment

    Version 01.03.00
    Added 26 Apr 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Provides a list of all comments in a score, optionally filtered by author, and lets you navigate to one of them.

    There are 2 modes of operation. In the default mode (with the checkbox on), clicking in the listbox closes the dialog and takes you to the chosen comment. It is very fast if you use the mouse.

    If you uncheck the checkbox, changing the selection in the list box brings that comment into view but the dialog stays up until you choose the Go To button. It is what you want if you navigate with arrow keys, and it lets you preview the comments.

    The checkbox setting is remembered across Sibelius sessions.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Music Only

    Version 01.02.00
    Added 26 Apr 2010 (last updated 21 Mar 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Deletes all notes, tuplets and slurs in any fully selected bars, replacing them with a bar rest, but leaving any text attached to the bars.

    Note that if there are lyrics attached to the resulting bar rest, they cannot be dragged. You need to have notes or rests in a bar for lyrics to be moveable.

    Updated 21 March 2015 to rename the plugin which was formerly called Delete Notes Only, which was misleading.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Make Page 1 of Part(s) Left Facing

    Added 01 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Allows you to designate one, some or all parts to start on a left facing page 1, without affecting the normal page number positions of the undesignated parts or the score. This is particularly useful for parts with a length of two pages and for situations where starting a part on a left page offers the performer simpler page turns.

    Thanks to Bob Zawalich for providing the base code for the dialog box and for general advice.

    Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

    Add Note Names

    Added 02 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is an update of the plugin that ships with Sibelius 6.2 and earlier. The update allows it to process notes selected with a multiple (non-passage) selection. Earlier versions would select the entire score if there were not a passage selection. So now you can filter notes and run the plugin on the result.

    One small quirk is that if you select only some notes of a chord, the chord will be processed as if it were completely selected. However, unselected single notes in a bar will not be processed (unlike earlier versions).

    Updated by Bob Zawalich.

    Plug-in written by Sibelius Software.

    Split Score Into Movements

    Version 01.13.00
    Added 05 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin requires Sibelius version 6.2

    Splits the current score into a number of separate movement scores, based on the location of bars marked as Section Ends. There are options to break if the section end is followed by Title or Subtitle text.

    The movement scores will be named using a base file name plus the numbers 1, 2, 3,...

    Updated 28 December 2012. Fixed bugs. Can now handle path and file names with periods and will ask to create a folder that does not already exist.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Start of Movement

    Version 01.11.00
    Added 05 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    These plugins require Sibelius version 6.2. Two files are present in the zip file. Use both it you want to assign shortcut keys to either direction, or use one and change the direction option as needed.

    Find Start of Movement moves the selection to the start of the movement that contains the start of the current selection. If you are already at the section start it will stay there.

    Find Start of Next Movement moves the selection to the start of the movement following the one that contains the start of the current selection. If you are already at the section start it will go the the next section, wrapping to the start of the score as needed.

    Run with no selection for options, including changing direction

    The start of a movement is defined as the bar following a bar marked as a Section End. There are some options to allow extra criteria for start of movement.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Install New Plugin

    Version 02.01.00
    Added 08 May 2010 (last updated 15 Mar 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Moves a Sibelius plugin file, which is typically downloaded and unzipped from the Sibelius Plugin Download page, into a subfolder of your user plugins folder.

    The intention is that the file is unzipped to a convenient location (the same one every time), and the plugin will get the list of available subfolders, and let you choose which folder should get the plugin. You can also create a new subfolder.

    The plugin does itself need to be installed before you can use it, so you will still need to follow the instructions on the Sibelius Plugins Download page to install it (in Sib 7 use the plugin installer).

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

    Updated 29 February 2012 to clarify the fact that it installs .plg files and not .zip files.

    Updated 14 April 2014 to fix incorrect folder names in Sib 7.5

    Updated 26 February 2016 to greatly improve file copy speed.

    Updated 12 March 2016. It will now let you install a folder of plugin (.plg) files, checks for duplicate plugins, and by default copies rather than moves the original plugin file.

    Updated 15 March 2016. If the plugin finds a plugin that is already installed it will issue a warning but will not replace the installed plugin.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Highlights To Comment Color

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 17 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes a list of the colors for any comments in the score, and lets you choose a color which can be applied to any selected highlights. This can be useful for easily matching highlights and comments to the same user in a collaboration.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Divide Durations

    Version 01.61.00
    Added 19 May 2010 (last updated 12 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Will split selected notes and chords, rests, or bar rests into smaller pieces.

    Divided notes can be tied together or left separate. Notes or rests within tuplets can be split.

    The plugin lets you filter for a specific duration, or for a range of durations.

    There are special options for dividing dotted notes and measured tremolos

    A PDF file explaining how to use the plugin is included.

    Updated 14 June 2010 to distribute any Live Playback duration and start position among the split notes.

    Updated 17 Feb 2011 to handle grace notes preceding notes to be split and to avoid splitting double tremolos.

    Updated 2 March 2011. Added the ability to divide notes by 3, creating triplets.

    Updated 10 April 2016 to make it easier for other plugins to call into it. Split notes now retain color as well.

    Updated 12 April 2016 make color into Note object property for future proofing.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Tidy Appended Scores

    Version 1.1
    Added 21 May 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in is designed to be run after appending one score to the end of another via File > Append Score. Appending scores can require a number of small fixes to things like the final barline, cautionary time signatures, redundant key changes, duplicate text, and so on.

    To use this plug-in, first append the scores together, then run the plug-in, and choose the additional items you want to hide or delete in the dialog that appears. Help text is provided for each type of item.

    Update for v1.1: Allows common and alla breve time signatures. (Previously these were being replaced by 4/4 and 2/2.)

    Plug-in written by Neil Sands.

    Backup Plug-in for Developers

    Version 01.40.00
    Added 09 Jun 2010 (last updated 27 Feb 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in allows plug-in authors to create multiple backup snapshots throughout the plug-in development process. Snapshots are useful to have when recent code changes impair/break your plug-in, and you can't or don't wish to spend time fixing the newly introduced errors.

    Thanks to Bob Zawalich for use of some code, concepts and variable names from his Export Each Staff as Audio plug-in.

    Thanks to Roman Molino Dunn for Mac testing and suggestions on how to make the plug-in more user-friendly.

    Updated 20 June 2010.

    The .zip file now also includes a copy of Restore Plugin for Developers, by Bob Zawalich, which can restore plugins which have been backed up by Backup Plug-in for Developers.

    A number of bugs in Backup Plug-in for Developers have been fixed:

    * Fixed bug whereas Comment was not being checked for illegal characters.

    * Comment allowable characters are now platform specific and less restrictive.

    * Added new Options button and dialog to allow user to select preferred date format, time format and delimiter character (space or tilde).

    * Made dialog box wider to allow more path text to be shown.

    * Made this Plug-in compatible with the Restore Plug-In.

    * Fixed bug whereas after 1st session plug in path was not properly retrieved for some users.

    * Added a validation to ensure "File backup location" ends with a legal path separator. If missing, it is automatically added.

    * Fixed a bug whereas the "Filename for backup field" was not initially displaying the correct information.

    Updated 8 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

    Updated 26 February 2016 to speed up file copying.

    Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman / Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Versions in Folder

    Added 10 Jun 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in deletes all the versions from the current score, or all open scores, or all of the Sibelius scores in a folder (optionally including subfolders), leaving only the 'Current Version' in each score.

    Plug-in written by Jan Kok.

    Import House Style History

    Version 04.00.10
    Added 14 Jun 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Imports a House Style into the currently open score (a close imitation of House Styles - Import House Style), and appends the name of the imported House Style to the Score Info - More Information field to act as a record of imported House Styles.

    It will optionally add the current date to the Score Info data.

    Updated 9 May 2012 to respace dialog for Sib 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Line Between Notes

    Version 01.72.00
    Added 14 Jun 2010 (last updated 20 Jun 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds a line (such as a gliss line)between 2 selected notes (skipping rests).

    You can adjust horizontal and vertical offsets, and these values are remembered across Sibelius sessions. You should only have to set these up once.

    If selected notes are on multiple staves, the line will be added only to the staff when the line starts; you will need to drag the other end to its destination. Use alt/opt right arrow to select the line end point.

    Magnetic layout is turned off by default. For transposing instruments, a line added to the full score will be repositioned in the parts.

    These is also an option to realign lines between 2 notes for situations where the notes might have changed without the lines following

    Updated 17 June 2010. Handles grace notes (though the lines do not line up well when the interval is less than a 5th). The alignment option has been removed (it never really worked), and a new option to connect a selection with lines has been added.

    Updated 13 October 2010. Bug fix to handle clef changes in bar 1 and another for connecting selections with an odd number of notes.

    Updated 27 December 2010. Minor tweak to prevent unneeded transposing score view change

    Updated 3 June 2011. Removed a trace message and changed the text on the dialog to clarify what the options mean.

    Updated 9 October 2011. Extra window on main score could appear in Sib 7 if there were transposing parts - fixed.

    Updated 3 November 2011.

    * takes the line style names from the score, so it will work in any supported language.(It will now dirty the score even if you add no lines. If you run the plugin and make no changes, Sibelius will ask you to save changes, and you can ignore that).

    * adds a new option that will add lines across multiple selected notes, restarting the line if rests are encountered.

    * for the “connect the notes options, it now connects within voices and also processes notes staff by staff, so it can correctly handle a multi-staff selection.

    * it will now process slurs, though they do not work with grace notes.

    * if there are chords, the line will be connected to the highest selected note in the chord

    * the style of any lines in the score will be added to the list of available styles. To get additional styles to use, add a line of that type somewhere in the score.

    Updated 24 December 2011 to make the Do not show dialog option turn off at the start of every Sibelius session, rather than staying off until you run the plugin with no selection. No selection will still bring up the dialog even if shut off for the session.

    Updated 6 October 2012. Added option to disable playback for added lines.

    Updated 22 November 2015 so plugin can be run in Sibelius version 5.2.5.

    Updated 27 May 2016. Internal changes made to allow part of this plugin to be called by other plugins

    Updated 17 June 2016. Added ability to stretch lines across staves in the space between staves is provided. Makes glissandos much easier to deal with.

    Updated 20 June 2016 Minor adjustment to line end height for cross staff lines.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Rests Empty Voices

    Version 02.01.00
    Added 21 Jun 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Eliminates the rests in all empty voices, unless all the voices in the bar are empty. In that case, any rests in voice 1 will be consolidated into a bar rest, and rests in other voices will be deleted.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find Next One Of These

    Version 01.55.00
    Added 06 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Using the properties of the first selected object, this plugin finds the next or previous object in the score that has the same properties. For example, you can select a piece of Fingering text and it will find the next piece of Fingering text.

    If you run the plugin without a selection, it will bring up a dialog that allows you to change options, including the search direction and which properties to consider when finding. The options are saved across Sibelius sessions.

    The zip file contains 2 plugins, each defaulting to a different search direction, and a PDF file explaining the options in more detail.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Nashville Chord Numbers

    Version 01.25.00
    Added 06 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Converts standard chord symbols to numeric Nashville chord symbols whose root and bass are numbers representing the pitches position in its major scale. It produces legacy chord symbols with numeric roots and bass notes. It will read Sib 6 chords or legacy chords.

    It will handle any valid key changes. It uses the current key signature, treated as a major scale, for the numbering, and optionally lets you override the key for a selection.

    There is an option in the dialog to convert Nashville chords to standard chords, and another to format Nashville chords with superscripts.

    The plugin will only convert chords that can be interpreted by Sib for Sib 6 style chords, so there may be some legacy chords it will not handle.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Work Number to the Top of Page

    Added 13 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in adds user-specified text to the top of the first page of the score, each part or both. Many font, placement, color and style options are available. Performing groups with many pieces in their "book" can add a unique number (a.k.a. Work or Library Number) to the top of each piece and then sort the music in the book by number. This allows leaders to create set lists by number instead of title. Numbers make it easier for musicians to locate the next piece during "sets" and to quickly find a piece the leader unexpectedly calls that is not on the set list. Also, these numbers are useful for organizing stored music.

    Numbers added to parts are in approximately the correct location. Numbers added to the score will require manual vertical adjustment as that can’t be controlled through a plug-in at the moment. Please do review each before you print. If the selected text colors are not appearing on screen as expected, go to the Sibelius View menu and ensure Differences in Parts is unchecked.

    JazzText and Reprise Rehearsal fonts appear within the special borders those fonts provide. Every other font appears as Sibelius boxed text.

    Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

    Export Text In Score

    Version 01.25.00
    Added 15 Jul 2010 (last updated 12 Jan 2017)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Exports selected text or system text to a text file and/or the trace window. The text file can be opened in another application for spell checking. Lyrics are not exported; if you need them use the shipping Export Lyrics plugin.

    Updated December 12, 2012 (12/12/12) to fix bugs when selection does not start at the start of the score, and added options to omit labels and to export in chronological order (by staves within bar position within bars). If text were notes, chronological order would be the order in which the notes were played.

    Updated 12January2017. Fixed bug where system text was not output in staff by staff order. Will now output text that have line feeds as separate lines.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Shift Line Height

    Version 01.03.00
    Added 15 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Shifts both ends of all selected lines vertically by a specified number of spaces. Can be useful if you have mixed text and hairpins after aligning by row.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transfer Hit Points

    Version 01.04.00
    Added 15 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Since hit points cannot be copied and pasted, this plugin collects the hitpoints from one score and then creates hitpoints with these properties in another score.

    This is a 2-step plugin. Run it on the score containing hit points so they hit point data can be collected, then run it on the score that is to receive the hit points.

    You should ensure that the information in Play > Video and Time > Timecode and Duration is the same for both scores.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter What Was Chosen

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 15 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is the filter version of Find Next One Of These. It is a 2-step plugin. Select a single object, such as a note or piece of text. Then make a selection and run the plugin again. The plugin will filter all objects that match the original object properties.

    Run with no selection to change options

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Replace Line Style

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 24 Jul 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Replaces selected lines of a specified style with lines of another style, effectively providing a mechanism to change the style of lines.

    System lines can only be replaced by system lines, and staff lines by staff lines.

    The plugin is in English, but it will correctly replace lines whose style names are in different languages.

    Updated 31 July 2010 to pick up system lines that are the only thing in the selection.

    Updated 2 August 2010 to pick up all user lines in the score, not just those in the selection.

    Updated 8 October 2010 to restore custom drawing order and magnetic layout properties. Version 1.05.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Format ManuScript Comment For Developers

    Added 03 Aug 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in transforms free-form text into a nicely formatted comment box that can be pasted into other plug-ins. The plug-in handles comments of any length, and can be used for initial explanations that typically appear at the top of the "Run" method or for comments in other methods. The comment box width is user selectable, as are the horizontal and vertical borders characters. There are also several "signature line" type options available.

    Any text pasted into the plug-in's input text box is truncated by Sibelius at the first encountered line break. As such, ensure there are no line breaks or carriage returns in your free-form text and then select an alternative line-break character such as the tilde (~) from the drop down menu, then type the selected line break character into your text to achieve multiple paragraphs. The formatted output is provided in the Trace window and can be pasted into your plug-in.

    Updated 4 August 2010 with the following changes:

    • Added choice of left and right side border character
    • Right and/or Left borders can now be "None"
    • Right and/or Left borders can now be "//". Using // for the Left border ensures that line numbers are more accurate if syntax errors in your plug-in and that the cursor will jump to the correct error location.
    • Changed default left border to "//"
    • If options line is too wide, error message now suggests a minimum width
    • Added 110 and 120 as width choices

    Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

    Insert Bars with Different Time Signatures

    Added 14 Aug 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in can be used to insert many consecutive bars with different time signatures in a single step. It is particularly convenient to insert many bars with alternating time signatures. The bars will be inserted before a passage selection or at the end of the score if there is no passage selection. The time signature at the insertion point is restored at the end of the inserted bars.

    Plug-in written by Andrew Moschou.

    Color Notes On String

    Version 02.50.00
    Added 13 Sep 2010 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Allows you to specify a color for each string of a stringed instrument (up to 12 strings), and to color selected notes that are marked with the string the note is on. String 1 is the lowest pitched string of the instrument.

    To mark the notes, copy the notes from a notation staff to a TAB staff, adjust the strings as needed, then copy the TAB notes back to the notation staff. Now run the plugin. Notes that are not marked will not be colored.

    You can set up your own coloring scheme and it will be saved across Sibelius sessions. You can also edit the color RGB values. All notes in a chord will have the same color.

    Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Make Pitches Constant - Drums

    Added 20 Sep 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is a specially modified version of Stefan Behrisch's original Make Pitches Constant plug-in (which is itself included with Sibelius) designed to make the production of drum parts quicker and more efficient.

    This version of the plug-in is preset with useful settings for making drum parts with horn section rhythms shown as cue-sized notes and rests automatically appearing on the top of staff with slashes (beat without stem) on the mid line of the staff. By copying source material for the cues to the drum staff and running the plug-in, this type of notation is created in one step.

    For more information on the use of this version of the plug-in, see John Hinchey's blog.

    Plug-in written by Stefan Behrisch & Roman Molino Dunn.

    Use Shape Notes for Accidentals

    Added 23 Sep 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Michael Israelian is a piano teacher in a musical college, and he says:

    "During seven years of my work I found that many of my students encountered difficulties with sight-reading. About a year ago, after thinking hard over the problem, it dawned on me that it would be much easier to achieve good sight-reading using shaped noteheads instead of accidentals. I experimented with my students using my own system of five shape notes and the results exceeded all my expectations. Now it took considerably less practicing to attain good results than it took when using usual notation. I use five notehead shapes and no accidentals at all. Sharp notes are represented by a triangle, flats by an inverted triangle, double sharps a cross (ornate), double flats a diamond, and naturals a normal notehead.

    "Though it takes a day or two for experienced musicians to get relaxed about the accidentals and use this system, the advantages of using shapes are obvious. First of all, the score looks clearer without accidentals. Secondly, each chord or passage obtains its unique appearance now, and you can remember them photographically just like a word or a phrase in a text. You don't have to calculate during sight-reading, i.e. to keep in mind the Key Signature and the previous accidentals in the bar. The chord (or passage) is written just is it must sound.

    "Let's take the diatonic triad C-E-G for example. In C major key it will represent the chord C. In D major key it will be C#m-5. In A major it will be C#m and so on. Now imagine that this triad is somewhere at the end of a bar and there are some accidentals in the beginning of the bar and you will get some more combinations. Using the shape note system every different chord will look different.

    "This plug-in hides the accidentals to retain the correct playback, and changes the shapes of the notes correspondingly. It can't deal with quarter tones, but I think that's not a problem as long as the piano is considered. As for me, I use this system in playing the guitar and the recorder as well.

    "After transposing or adding notes to the score you will have to re-run this plug-in, as the shapes may not correspond to the accidentals."

    Plug-in written by Michael Israelian.

    Input Duration 2

    Version 01.75.00
    Added 27 Sep 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Input Duration 2 allows you to enter notes into a score by specifying only the duration. The pitch is automatically chosen, typically to be the note on the center line of the staff.

    This plugin can be useful if you want to enter drum rhythms, or if you want to enter rhythms and pitches in separate passes, entering the rhythms with this plugin and repitching to add pitches.

    A PDF file describing how to use the plugin is included in the zip file.

    Updated 29 September 2010. In Windows the keypad no longer loses the focus after running Options.

    Updated 4 October 2010 to fix a bug where there were multiple copies of notehead names in the list.

    Updated 13 October 2010 to fix a bug if missing clef changes in some cases. Also added the ability to specify a pitch for the entered notes (in Options).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Show Hide Instrument Names

    Version 01.58.00
    Added 04 Oct 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin changes the settings for Engraving Rules > Instrument so that the instrument names are either all set to None (Hide) or to Full at start, Short subsequently, and Full at sections (Show).

    With luck, you will never have to use this. If you happen to be given a lot of scores that are not set the way you want, this can save some time. Works on the current score, all open scores, or a folder of scores.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Run Previous Plug-in (for use with Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts)

    Added 16 Oct 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 4, Sibelius 4.1, Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Have you noticed a slight delay every time you use Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts? Do you want to save even more time on Sibelius? Often you just want to rerun the last plug-in that you had selected, such as Cresc./Dim. Playback, Change Dynamics or Insert Current Dynamics. Run Previous Plug-in is the answer. It will immediately open the last plug-in you ran. Give it a shortcut similar to Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts, so if you are using F5 as suggested, why not used F6? Using Sibelius is time consuming and we need to save as much clicking and typing as we can. Even the download is quick (only 691 bytes!).

    Plug-in written by Corwin Newall.

    Tin Whistle Fingering

    Version 01.16.00
    Added 19 Oct 2010 (last updated 24 Jul 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Tin Whistle Fingering adds fingering diagrams, which are characters in a special font mapped to specific pitches, under each selected note.

    The font Tin Whistle Tab was designed and donated by Blayne Chastain for this plugin, and can be freely distributed.

    The zip file contains the plugin, the font, and 2 PDF documents describing the plugin and the font.

    Updated 29 October 2010. Now skip notes that are tied to and adds an option to use a fingering only the first time a note appears in the selection.

    Updated 23 April 2015. Added more pitch range (4 octaves) and a button to reset the D whistle setting if used for another instrument.

    Updated 30 April 2015 to add in a missing default preference value to restore.

    Updated 24 July 2015 to add another PDF file explaining how to use the plugin with different fonts

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Harp Pedal Changes

    Version 01.26.00
    Added 18 Nov 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filter any text that includes a pitch name (A - G) followed by an accidental. It will filter any pedal changes created by the Add Harp Pedaling plugin, and also text such as C#4 (used for lever changes) and Pedal: Eb, i.e., text that includes a pitch name and accidental as well as other text. In such cases, the pitch name must be at the start or follow a space.

    Chord symbol text will not be filtered, but all other text styles can be filtered.

    Only English pitch names are supported.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Change Text Accidental Size

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 18 Nov 2010 (last updated 27 Feb 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Changes the size of an accidental within a piece of text, such as C#. This can be useful for increasing the size of the accidentals in pedal change text created by the Add Harp Pedaling plugin, among others.

    By default it will only look at text with a font change and will skip chord symbol text.

    Updated 27 February 2015 to fix bugs and have the plugin work with Sib 7 scores that use Character Styles.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Convert Folder To Current Sibelius Version

    Version 02.21.00
    Added 02 Dec 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Opens all scores (created in an earlier version of Sibelius) in a specified folder and saves them as scores in the current Sibelius version format.

    To use the plug-in, choose Convert Folder of Scores to Current Version, and choose the folder you want to convert.

    A simple dialog appears, in which you can specify the destination folder for the exported files, and how to alter the filenames to avoid overwriting the original files. Click OK to confirm your choices.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Create Add Line Plugin

    Version 01.57.00
    Added 14 Dec 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Lets you create and install a new plug-in that, when run, will insert a line into the score. The properties of the line are taken from a line that is selected when Create Add Line Plugin is run. If you assign a shortcut to the new plug-in, you will have, in effect, a way to assign a shortcut to an individual line with specific properties.

    The generated plugin will be put by default in the Add Line subfolder of your user Plug-ins folder (the plugin may create this subfolder). The name will include the line style.

    In order to assign shortcuts to the newly-created plug-ins, you must first close and restart Sibelius, so the new plug-ins will be loaded.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 user file location compatibility

    Updated 22 Oct 2011 to fix Sib 7 changes.

    Updated 12 Oct 2012 to reduce restrictions on user-defined lines and handle system lines.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    String Harmonics Sounding Pitch

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 28 Dec 2010 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds a bracketed, stemless, cue-sized sounding pitch note to selected chords that already have a regular notehead and a diamond-head note, indicating string harmonics.

    The sounding notes are in an unused voice of the bar containing the chords. If there are not enough available voices, sounding pitches will not be added to those bars.

    The sounding notes can playback or be silenced.

    You are advised to run the plugin String Harmonics first, to add the diamond noteheads this plugin looks for.

    Updated 29 April 2012 to fix problem with stemless notes in non-English versions.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Bagpipes Suite

    Added 01 Jan 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    A set of plugins, house styles, manuscript papers, and a document explaining various issues involved with notating music for the Great Highland Bagpipes.

    Includes the plugins Add Pipe Ornaments and Add Pipe Ornaments 2, and Play Pipe Ornaments, among others.

    The tools were developed with the help of pipers Janette Montague and Jim McGillivray, to both of whom this suite is dedicated.

    Updated January 17, 2011. Updated PDF doc to include more descriptions for how to use the plugins, and fixed a bug in Repair Bagpipe Notation that caused only the first staff in the score to be processed.

    Updated 25 April 2012. Fixed bug in Play Pipe Ornaments plugin that gave bad results if there were multiple ornaments in a bar and later ones started before the beat.

    Updated 14 June 2012 to fix multiple keystroke bug in Sib 7 on Mac.

    Updated 22 Feb 2013. Restored missing House Style and Manuscript Paper files to the zip file.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Shift Horizontal

    Version 01.02.00
    Added 24 Jan 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Shifts all selected objects left (-) or right (+) by the specified number of spaces. You can optionally shift only selected grace notes.

    To move grace notes to the right past the main note, try taking the Dx value of the leftmost grace note, making it positive, and adding 2 to it.

    Updated 11 January 2013 to add text about moving grace notes to the dialog

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    What Is Where for Sibelius 6

    Version 03.06.00
    Added 26 Jan 2011 (last updated 18 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is a minor update to the version that ships with Sibelius 6. It adds a checkbox for Special Barlines, which can be useful when using this plugin to check for split multirests, as the Normal Special Barline can split multirests, and is difficult to detect.

    Updated 30 January 2011. Minor layout corrections.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Chord Symbol No Bass

    Version 01.02.00
    Added 16 Feb 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Removes alternate bass notes (/bass) from selected chord names, for either Sib 6 chords or legacy chord symbols. If a chord diagram is present, the fingering will most likely change to reflect the changed chord name.

    This could be useful after running the Add Chord Symbols plugin, which has no option to omit the bass notes.

    Updated 16Feb 2011 to fix problems with 6/9 and 2/4 chords.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transpose Copies

    Version 1.1
    Added 06 Mar 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    The Transpose Copies plug-in will make transposed copies of the bars in a selected passage any specified interval Up or Down. The number of times this transposition occurs can be selected. The copies can be placed either at the end of the score or amidst the score immediately to the right of the original selected pattern.

    The plug-in gives users the opportunity to choose to which key signature will be transposed regarding the following keys: B or Cb, F# or Gb, C# or Db. If the option 'Correction for octaves' is checked, the copies will, when necessary, be transposed up or down an octave to avoid too many ledger lines.

    Key signature changes (except the one-staff-only ones) halfway the pattern will be processed like the key signatures at the beginning of the pattern.

    'System break after pattern(s)' gives the user the opportunity, if the original (short) pattern is limited to one system, to combine a couple of copied patterns in one system.

    Settings in the dialog survive Sibelius sessions.

    Update 1.1:

    • Now uses double sharps and double flats to avoid wrong spelling of some accidentals that don't belong to the key signature, mainly to keep intervals in the copies the same as they are in the original.
    • Also copies time signatures that are in the original.

    Plug-in written by Jan Kok.

    Color Picker

    Version 01.04.60
    Added 17 Mar 2011 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Allows you to choose a color by selecting a colored object and running the plugin. You can then apply the chosen color by selecting the objects you want to color, running the plugin, and choosing Apply color.

    The picked color is normally the first colored (non-black) object in the selection, if any. You can optionally allow Black as the color to pick, which will effectively remove coloring when applied.

    The color is remembered for the duration of a Sibelius session.

    Updated 20 March 2011 to pick up system objects.

    Updated 25 October 2011 adding feature to filter objects that match the picked color.

    Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Alternate Picking

    Version 01.12.00
    Added 27 Mar 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin will add downbow and upbow articulations to selected notes,based on Alternate Picking, which is often used for flatpicking fiddle tunes on guitar.

    There are several options, and the rules used are explained in the main dialog.

    A House Style that defines a smaller upbow symbol is included in the zip file, as is a PDF document explaining how the plugin can be used.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Articulations to Notes

    Version 01.45.00
    Added 01 Apr 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin lets you quickly add or correct articulations applied to selected notes. It has a keypad, and you can assign different articulations to the keys.

    It was designed to easily edit upbow and downbow articulations, but it can have more general applications. A PDF document describing its use is included in the zip file.

    Updated 24 April 2011 to fix mismapping of some keys.

    Updated 30 March 2012. New code for version 7.12 or later fixes Sib 7 problems of being unable to type in keypad after using the mouse, and typing C will close the plugin.

    Updated 1 June 2012 Fix problem with typing C returning False

    Updated 14 June 2012 to fix multiple keystroke bug in Sib 7. Version 01.48.00.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Copy Notes Only and Repeat Notes Only

    Added 04 Apr 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Are you tired of deleting unnecessary dynamics, techniques ('pizz.' for example) and other lines every time you copy music around your score? Your days of frustration are over! Two complementary plug-ins have been created just for you: Copy Notes Only and Repeat Notes Only. They act like Edit > Copy and Edit > Repeat respectively, except that expressions, technique markings, dynamics and hairpins are ignored – just run the plug-ins and you're away!

    You can choose which objects are ignored by both plug-ins in their shared Options window, which will turn up the first time one of the two plug-ins is run. To change settings later, run the plug-in with nothing selected (hit Escape a few times just to make sure).

    For these time-saving plug-ins, speed and ease of use is paramount. Why not give the plug-ins shortcuts?

    • Edit > Repeat is R, so you could use Shift+R for Repeat Notes Only.
    • Edit > Copy is Ctrl+C, and Ctrl+Alt+Shift+C (or Cmd+Opt+Shift+C) could be used for Copy Notes Only.
    • Or, if pressing four keys at once feels a bit excessive, you could use Shift+X, since it is related to Cut

    Also, these plug-ins are compressed twice: the code is as simple and compact as possible, meaning it does twice as much in half the file size, so Sibelius will spend almost no time loading the plug-ins.

    If you have a Windows operating system, keep reading; if not, click download right now to start saving time!

    In Sibelius for Windows, the Options window has hotkeys which help speed everything up: simply hold down Alt and type the underlined letter to select a check box or click a button (just like elsewhere in Sibelius!).

    Update - 5 June 2011
    Updated to help Fixed Shortcuts get along with these plug-ins. Only re-download if you are using Fixed Plug-in Shortcuts to call Copy Notes Only and/or Repeat Notes Only.

    Plug-in written by Corwin Newall.

    Deselect Hidden Staves

    Version 01.01.00
    Added 04 Apr 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin removes from a passage selection any staves that are hidden

    * by Focus on Staves (if Focus On Staves is active)

    * by Hide Empty Staves (if all bars in that staff in the selection are so hidden)

    It does not deal with instruments hidden by instrument changes.

    Two interesting uses are:

    1. Select only the visible staves in Focus On Staves so the other staves do not play back.

    2. Prevent a paste that includes hidden staves (usually hidden by Hide Empty Staves) from copying the hidden staves, and thus unhiding the destination.

    If there is no passage selection, the plugin selects the visible staves throughout the entire score.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Grace Note Durations

    Added 07 Apr 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    To make acciaccaturas and appoggiaturas sound different from the default (rather short) sound, you can change the live start position and the live duration. If you want to do that, this plug-in could be helpful.

    This plug-in will change the live duration and live start positions of the acciaccaturas and appoggiaturas within the selection. Also, the previous note's live duration and the following note's live duration and live start position will be processed.

    The plug-in gives the choice to have the (group of) grace notes to play on or before the beat (the following note).

    From a pull-down list one can pick the factor with which the written duration of the acciaccaturas and appoggiaturas will be changed (to live duration).

    Of course, Play > Live playback should be switched on in order to hear the result: the plug-in does this automatically for you.

    The plug-in gives the user the opportunity to reset the acciaccaturas and appoggiaturas and their surrounding notes to the default values regarding live duration and live start position.

    Settings will survive Sibelius sessions.

    Plug-in written by Jan Kok.

    Bracket Text

    Version 01.90.00
    Added 08 Apr 2011 (last updated 26 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Puts brackets or parentheses (or any chosen character(s)) around each selected text object, or around the first and last text object matching the filtering conditions. It is especially useful for bold expressions (dynamics) entered with the ctrl or cmnd key, since those involve a font change, or for metronome marks that use noteheads.

    Dialog settings are saved across Sibelius sessions.

    This is a more general version of the Bracket Expression Text plugin, since it can handle more than Expression text.

    Updated 21 November 2011 to handle dynamics correctly in Sib 7.

    Updated 9 January 2012 to fix dialog display in Sib 7.

    Updated 26 March 2014 to restore handling of dynamics correctly in Sib 7, which had been wiped out.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Copy Double and Copy Halve Note Values

    Version 02.20.00
    Added 10 Apr 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Copy Double Note Values and Copy Halve Note Values are variants of the shipping plugins Double Note Values and Halve Note Values. These plugins double or halve the durations of the selected notes, then put their results into the clipboard, rather than into a separate score. You can then paste the results into any score with the normal Paste command.

    There are several things to note:

    1. There will be no dialog. You can tell when it is finished when the progress bar and Stop button go away. Do not try to paste until that happens.

    2. Only notes will be copied (no text or other bar objects). No system objects will be copied, even if you start with a system (double box) selection, and bars will never be inserted - notes will always flow into the destination bars.

    3. The plugin temporarily adds bars to the score you copy *from*, and so will mark that score as having been edited (it dirties the score). So if you close that score it will ask you to save changes. If you have made no other edits, it is safe to either save changes or not.

    Updated 9 August 2012 to clean up some unused code. No functionality change.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Custom Note Filter

    Version 01.30.00
    Added 20 Apr 2011 (last updated 17 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    A filter that will filter selected Note objects. By default it will filter for notes with ties, but it is designed to be modified. Change the condition in the IsDesiredObject method. The remaining code will filter objects that pass the IsObjectDesired test.

    Updated 17 April 2016 to check for empty selections as ask to select entire score.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Harp Diagram from Tuning

    Version 02.06.00
    Added 06 May 2011 (last updated 30 May 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Produces a harp pedaling diagram from a list of 7 pitches that you type in.

    Updated 5 May 2012 to allow running in Sib 5. In Sib 5 it will always use Opus Text as the music font for the diagrams.

    Updated 6Feb2015 to replace plg file with zip file

    Updated 17 February 2016. Added options to also output various forms of tuning text and to allow input tuning without spaces.

    Updated 22 May 2016 Output of tuning text now contains formatted accidentals.

    Updated 28 May 2016. Better filtering of pasted text.

    Updated 29 May 2016 Added accidentals for Natural pitches in tuning text output

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Convert Two Staves Piano

    Version 01.03.00
    Added 09 May 2011 (last updated 01 Aug 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Given 2 selected adjacent, single-staff instruments, it will convert them into a single grand staff instrument (piano, harp, marimba, or harpsichord, your choice).

    Useful for Photoscore or other conversions where you end up with not exactly real pianos.

    Converted staves are in the same score location as the original staves.

    Updated 12 October 2012 to add option to not delete the original staves.

    Updated 1 August 2014 to allow it to run in Sib 5. In Sib 5, the new grand staff will always be placed at the bottom of the score, instead of at the position of the original staves.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Timing for Selection

    Version 02.21.00
    Added 23 May 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Displays the time at the start and end of a passage selection and the duration of the selection. This plugin uses a different (and slower) mechanism to determine time than the Fit Selection To Time plugin uses, and will give correct timings even when the score contains repeats.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

    Updated 26 September 2012. For Sib 7.1.3 and later, the plugin now recognizes the timing for each pass, and the user can specify which pass timings should be relative to. It does not need to use Hit Points for timing and more, and will be spectacularly faster than it was previously, and likely more accurate.

    Thanks to Michael Eastwood for making this possible.

    Updated 18 October 2012. The previous version gave the timing to the start of the last selected object, rather than to the end of that object. This update gives timing to the end of the last selected object.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Edit Part Instrument Names

    Version 02.20.00
    Added 25 May 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in allows you to edit the full and short instrument names, in the full score and parts, even if the name is empty, and difficult to click on. It creates a list of the instrument names of all staves in a score, and lets you change them.

    It lets you change the instruments names of the first part that contains a staff from the full score. Changing a name for that part will cause that name to be updated in all parts containing that staff.

    This is similar to Edit Instrument Names, except that you can edit names in the parts at the same time as you edit them in the full score.

    Updated 9 August 2011 for Sib 7 font compatibility

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    LV Fake

    Version 01.02.00
    Added 30 May 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin simulates L.V (laisser vibrer/let vibrate) ties by turning a note into a triplet with 2/3 of the duration tied to the remaining 1/3. The final note and triplet bracket are hidden, so it appears as if the note original duration is tied to nothing.

    This automates a manual process described by Jay Vilnai.

    The plugin normally skips tied notes, but there is an option to process only notes with a dangling tie, replacing such notes with a tied triplet.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Distribute Live Start Positions

    Added 05 Aug 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Sibelius allows users to define Live Start Positions to gain greater control over the rhythmic expression during playback. Composers and producers using this to output more compelling playback might find it necessary to make sure multiple instruments are groovin' the same way. This plug-in simply takes the Live Start Positions from a selected staff and distributes it to all other staves or a selected staff.

    Plug-in written by Roman Molino Dunn.

    Run Plugins By Name

    Version 01.71.00
    Added 11 Aug 2011 (last updated 16 Jan 2017)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Run Plugins By Name lets you find plugins to run by name in a sorted list.

    Recently run plugins are shown at the top of the list, in most-recently run order first, followed by all the other plugins in alphabetical order.

    By default you select a name in the list, and click the Run button or type enter to run the plugin. If you want to work more with a mouse, there is an option to run a plugin by simply clicking on a list entry. That does not work for the currently selected entry (the click must change the selection to run), so to run that plugin, type Enter or click Run.

    Assign a shortcut to this plugin to have a list of recently run plugins easily available.

    Updated 14 December 2011 to give better file name information when there are plugins with the same menu name.

    Updated 31 December 2011 for better error recovery when a plugin is renamed or deleted.

    Updated 13 October 2-12 adding option to change the maximum number of recent plugins on the list.

    Updated 12 August 2014 to allow specifying zero ''recent'' plugins.

    Updated 6 October 2014 to speed up the list sort so it starts up faster.

    Updated 16 January 2017.The option to run a plugin when the list box was clicked has been disabled for Sib 7.5 and later because the list box appeared to receive a click before a user could click on it. It is still available for Sib 6 and 7.1.3.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Recorder Fingerings

    Added 12 Aug 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Based on the Add Brass Fingerings plug-in included with Sibelius, Add Recorder Fingerings adds fingerings for all of the instruments in the recorder family, from sopranino down to bass.

    Plug-in written by Floyd Richmond.

    Delete Special Normal Barlines

    Version 01.04.00
    Added 14 Aug 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin removes Special Barlines whose type is "Normal". These barlines are often created to replace other special barlines, such as double barlines, but have the undesirable side effect of splitting multirests.

    Deleting these barlines will, in almost all cases, cause no visual change (except in multirests), as the default barline, which is almost always a single barline, will now be visible.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Play Loop for Sibelius 6 and Sibelius 7

    Added 18 Aug 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in allows you to choose a section of the score and have it played back as a loop. This is ideal for using Sibelius as an accompanist to practice tricky passages.

    Plug-in written by Brian Bargent.

    Filter By Accidentals

    Version 01.35.00
    Added 02 Sep 2011 (last updated 17 Jun 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Lets you filter either notes or Sib6-style chord symbols (not legacy chord symbols) based on the accidentals.

    It could be handy as a pre-step for converting, for example, all sharps to flats, or for processing chord symbols with double accidentals, or filtering quartertones.

    It has an option to select only the notes that have visible accidentals.

    Updated 14 July 2013 to use built-in test for visible accidental when running in Sibelius 7.1.3 or later.

    Updated 16 June 2016. Added ability to filter note roots as well as accidentals. This is mostly useful with quartertones, as it is the only way to filter all the E-quarter-flats in a selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Empty Staves

    Version 01.53.00
    Added 04 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Deletes and/or traces staves in a score that contain no notes. This could be useful if you start a score from a template and end up not using some of the instruments.

    It can process a single score, all open scores, or a folder of scores.

    This plugin is dedicated to Derek Bourgeois, who had need of such a thing.

    Updated 24 Oct 2011 to repair some minor control focus issues in the main dialog.

    Updated 18 January 2013 to correct typos in dialog

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Reset Mixer

    Version 01.63.00
    Added 08 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin will set the mixer volume, panning, or mute/solo settings for all the staves in each processed score.

    It is best if you adjust all your group and virtual instruments before using this plugin.

    You can process the current score, all currently open scores, or a folder of scores. Currently open scores will neither be saved nor closed, so save if needed. Dialog settings are remembered across Sibelius sessions.

    Updated 10 Novemeber 2011 to make tracing of score names optional.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Unarpeggiate

    Version 01.04.00
    Added 11 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin will create a single chord containing all the pitches from the notes in the selection with no duplicates. It will place the generated chord in the clipboard so it can be pasted into a score.

    If the duration of the chord is chosen to be the sum of the durations of the selected notes, the duration will be limited to the size of a bar.

    It can optionally add a chord symbol, derived from the selected pitches, above the chord or the first selected note.

    This plugin is dedicated to the memory of Ian Cugley.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Where Did It Go?

    Version 01.08.00
    Added 13 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin shows where the menu commands in Sibelius 6 can be found in Sibelius 7. It also gives an alphabetized list of the locations of shipping plugins in Sibelius 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Edit Initial Instruments

    Version 02.20.00
    Added 14 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Allows you see view and change the initial instrument assigned to each staff in a score.

    This can be particularly useful if you open a score created prior to Sibelius 4, where sometimes the conversion to newer versions of Sibelius causes instruments to be assigned to unnamed treble or bass staves, which play back as piano.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Notes And Rests

    Version 01.25.00
    Added 21 Sep 2011 (last updated 06 Feb 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters any combination of notes and chords, rests, and bar rests.

    This ability is also available in the Advanced Filter, but it may be more convenient to use the plugin, especially if you assign a shortcut.

    Updated 6Feb2015 to replace .plg file with .zip version

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Export Manuscript Paper Unchanged

    Version 01.04.00
    Added 21 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin will export the active score with no changes (all music, text, bars, etc., are unchanged) as Manuscript Paper. This is comparable to how Sibelius 6 exported Manuscript Paper. Note, though, that you will need to restart Sibelius to see the new Manuscript Papers in the File New list.

    In File:Export:ManuscriptPaper, Sibelius 7 removes music, text, and all but 8 bars, which is often, but not always, desirable, so this plugin offers an alternative.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Tie Common Notes

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 27 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds ties to common notes in a passage (box) selection. Common notes are adjacent notes in the same voice with the same pitch.

    Updated 27 September 2011 to add warning to be sure that both the note that starts the tie and the note tied to are included in the selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Map Hide Empty Staves

    Version 01.02.00
    Added 28 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    For each staff in the score tells which bars (if any) are hidden due to Hide Empty Staves

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Empty Staves

    Version 01.03.00
    Added 28 Sep 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Tells whether selected staves contain notes or not. It will report whether the staves are Not empty (visible notes), Not empty (notes, but all are hidden), Totally empty (no notes, bar rests only), or Partially empty (no notes, but rests, text, lines, symbols possible)

    This could be useful if you have a template score where some staves may be unused but it would take a long time to look at the entire staff to figure out if there are notes present.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Hidden Objects

    Version 01.28.00
    Added 02 Oct 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters objects that are hidden by the Show-Hide operation, or text that includes the tilde (~) or both.

    It will optionally filter system text in the range of a non-system passage selection, allows Deselecting, and saves its options (except for Do not show dialog) across Sibelius sessions.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Trace Colored Objects

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 25 Oct 2011 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Traces the color values (name if available, RGB values, decimal and hex color values) of selected objects that have been colored something other than black.

    Updated 6 March 2013. Fixed problem with White not getting recognized in Sib 7.

    Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Import House Style To Manuscript Paper

    Version 01.08.00
    Added 26 Oct 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Imports a House Style into a Manuscript Paper file, creating or modifying a user copy of the Manuscript Paper file. It does not change the shipping version of the Manuscript Paper.

    After importing the House Style, files created with File - New will include the House Style information.

    There is an option dialog which allows you to specify which elements of the House Style are to be imported.

    In Sib 6, File New will have access to the MS paper immediately after running the plugin. In Version 7 and later (you will need at least version 7.0.3), you will need to restart Sibelius to have access to the modified manuscript papers.

    Updated 3 March 2012 to remove duplicate names in Sib 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Export Scores With No Parts

    Version 01.50.00
    Added 01 Nov 2011 (last updated 20 Jan 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Creates a copy of a score (or all open scores, or all scores in a folder) with all parts removed. May be useful if you want to post a score without making the edited parts available.

    Updated 20 January 2015 adding option to delete versions in addition to deleting parts.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Pickup Bar

    Version 01.90.00
    Added 01 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Deletes the first bar in a score or the first bar in a selection after moving any system text or objects attached to that bar to the following bar. Can be useful for deleting a pickup bar and handling all the required cleanup.

    Updated 2 December 2011 to retain title page when first bar is deleted.

    Updated 17 Match 2011 to allow deletion of all selected bars rather than just the first in a selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Go To Text

    Version 01.56.00
    Added 10 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin lets you go to the next or previous piece of staff text, in any text style, relative to the current selection.

    You can run it with no selection to change search direction.

    You can type arbitrary text to use as bookmarks (hidden text starting with ~ is recommended, such as ~1, ~2, ~3 for easy to enter bookmarks), and use this plugin to find those bookmarks.

    Updated 11 Nov 11 to select the bar containing the bookmark and move it to the upper left corner to increase visibility.

    Updated 24 November 2011 selects the text, not the bar, so next finds work.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Trace TAB Collisions

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 18 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Looks on a TAB staff for places where there are 2 or more notes on the same string and the same starting position in a bar, and writes the location of any such notes to the Plugin Trace window.

    Such collided notes are typically not visible, and can be a surprise in playback or when you copy to a notation staff, so it is useful to know if you have any.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Banjo Resources

    Added 20 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is not a plugin, but rather a document describing how to use Sibelius to produce 5-string banjo tablature.

    The zip file also contains a set of Manuscript Papers, each of which has a matched notation and TAB instrument, where the TAB instrument shows its tuning, and the notation instrument is transposed (by an octave) correctly for use in Sibelius 6. (Banjo notation staves in Sibelius 7 are correctly transposed, but these Manuscript Papers will work correctly in Sibelius 7 as well.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Fix TAB 5 String Banjo

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 20 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin is intended for use after music is copied from a notation staff to a 5-string banjo tablature staff.

    Sibelius treats the 5th string as if it were a normal string, and any fretted notes copied to the 5th string will not be correct.

    This plugin has 2 options. One is to move any fretted notes from the 5th string to the next highest string, and then try to remove collisions, when there is more than one note on the same string.

    The second option ignores the 5th string, and just fixes collisions on the 4 lower strings.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Banjo Play Fretted 5th String

    Version 01.11.00
    Added 20 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin makes fretted notes playable, above the 5th fret, on a banjo 5th string. It does this by adding a note on the same string 5 frets lower, and silencing the original note.

    This should really only be used if you will not be copying the music to a notation staff, and there are other limitations and peculiarities. Clicking on Help will provide more details.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transfer Score Info

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 30 Nov 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin will load Score Info data from an open score and save it for future use. Once loaded and saved, you can transfer these settings into another score.

    Use this to save and transfer your custom Score Info settings into a new score.

    The zip file for the plugin also contains a PDF document describing how to use it to create custom Score Info data.

    To set Score Info settings for a folder of scores, try the Fill Score Info plugin.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter System Objects

    Version 01.22.00
    Added 01 Dec 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters objects from the System Staff, including system text, lines and symbols, Rehearsal Marks, Time Signatures, Key Signature Changes, Bar Numbers, and Special Barlines.

    The plugin allows you to specify which types of object will be filtered.

    This can be useful when copying the structure of a score onto a different score.

    Updated 16 January 2013. Fixed a typo in the Rehearsal Mark code. Also changed the dialog to say "Bar number changes" instead of "bar numbers" and added set/clear all buttons.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Circled Number Symbols To Notes

    Version 01.51.00
    Added 09 Dec 2011 (last updated 26 Oct 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is a variant of Add Fingering To Notes which adds Symbols rather than text objects.

    It can add any symbols you choose but by default is adds the Circled Number symbols used for classical guitar notation.

    The text used for this in Add Fingering To Notes does not transfer between Sibelius 6 and 7, but the symbols will.

    Note that it is harder to resize symbols than text, so choose any unusual size in the Options when you add symbols.

    Updated 1 June 2012. Improved focus setting for Sib 7.1.2, also grace note symbols now correctly placed.

    Updated 14 June 2012 to fix multiple keystroke bug in Sib 7. Version 01.51.00.

    Updated 26 October 2014 just to update the version number on the download page.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Solo or Mute By Voice

    Version 01.52.00
    Added 11 Dec 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin lets you set the Play on Pass properties for all 8 passes to on or off for each of the 4 possible voices in a staff. It will function as a way to either solo or mute individual voices.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Selection Inverter

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 18 Dec 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Inverts the contents of the bars in the score that contain selected objects.

    Previously unselected bars will not be affected.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Select All Following

    Version 01.09.00
    Added 18 Dec 2011 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes a system (double purple box) selection of all the bars following the last bar in the current selection. This could be useful for deleting to the end of the score.

    Updated 21 December 2011. Added ability to select regular passage as well as system passage, and to include the unselected end of the previously selected final bar in the new selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Open Selected Parts

    Version 01.16.00
    Added 22 Dec 2011 (last updated 16 Sep 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Provides a multi-selectable list of parts in the current score. Select the parts you want open in tabs, and deselect the ones you do not want open

    This can be very useful for doing things like importing house styles into all open parts, and similar multi-part operations.

    Updated 23 December 2011. Made change to ensure window opened in tabs.

    Updated 5 April 2012. A new version uses a non-checkbox multi-select list - needs Sib 7.1.2. The earlier version (Open Selected Parts Checkbox) is also available as is a document describing its uses.

    Updated 21 November 2012. Fixed crash if the plugin closed all parts and no full score were open. Now the plugin will reopen the full score if all parts are being closed.

    Updated 16September 2014 to fix possible bug in array sort.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Title Page

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 01 Jan 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Deletes "special page break"-style title pages, or lets you change the number of additional blank pages associated with a title page.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Copy Plugin

    Version 01.51.00
    Added 02 Jan 2012 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Make a clone copy of an existing plugin, with a new file name and a new menu name, in the same folder as the original plugin. This can be useful when making a variant plugin, or for creating multiple plugins that save data associated with the menu name.

    It will remember the name of the last plugin you copied across Sibelius sessions, so you can set up your favorite template to reuse.

    Updated 3 January 2011 to correct typos.

    Updated 24 January 2012 to add default plugin names for easier cloning.

    Updated 31 January 2012 to fix crashes on OSX in version 7.1.

    Updated 26 February 2016 to greatly speed up file copy.

    Updated 13 April 2016.By default it will increment plugin names that end in a number for default names. Also, it will allow you to create multiple copies in a single session. Now requires Sibelius 6 or later.

    Updated 26 April 2016 to clearify error message that appears when the menu name is not defined using the _PluginMenuName variable.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Minimum Plugin

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 02 Jan 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    A public-domain plugin that provides a basic framework for a plugin that processes objects in a score.

    This plugin may be used as a template, and may be adapted, modified and distributed without attribution (and you use it at your own risk!)

    Updated 3 January 2011 to correct typos.

    Updated 11 February 2012 to update comments - no code changes.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Restore Edited Shipping Files

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 05 Jan 2012 (last updated 06 Aug 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Lists user copies of shipping plugins, house styles, and manuscript papers and offers to delete them or move them to a folder outside of the user subfolder.

    This can be useful if you edit shipping plugins to see how they work, especially after a Sibelius update, when you cannot remember which ones you have edited, and want to enable the most recent versions.

    Updated 3 August 2015. Renamed from Restore Shipping Edited Plugins to Restore Shipping Edited Files. Added tracking for edited House Style and Manuscript papers as well as plugins.

    Updated 6 August 2015. Fixes Mac hanging bug.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Notehead Names Graphics

    Version 02.20.00
    Added 10 Jan 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds notehead names to selected notes using the new Sibelius 7 ability to create symbols from graphics files. The result is that staff lines and ledger lines will not show through the noteheads as they have in the past.

    This is a variant on the shipping Add Note Names to Noteheads, written by Neil Sands.

    The plugin will import the attached House Style, Opus Note Names Graphics.lib. If you use Plugins - Install, the House Style will be automatically stored in the user House Style Folder; if installing manually, please copy it there./p>

    This plugin will only work in Sibelius 7 and later, and scores that use graphics-based symbols will only work in Sibelius 7 or later.

    This plugin will not convert existing scores that used the named noteheads from Add Note Names to Noteheads. You can use the downloadable plugin Remove Named Noteheads to create a score that can use this plugin.

    If you are running Sibelius 7.1.2 or later, you will get the same results by using the shipping Add Note Names To Noteheads Plugin (Notations - Noteheads - Add Note Names).

    Updated 21 May 2012 adding option (and additional house style) to allow noteheads that do not show accidentals. This feature is not available in the shipping plugin. Note that you cannot mix and match the styles in a single score.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich / Neil Sands.

    Remove Named Noteheads

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 10 Jan 2012 (last updated 22 Nov 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin make a copy of a score that uses noteheads generated by the Add Note Names to Noteheads plugin, and strips out the notehead definitions. This will allow you to use the Add Notehead Names Graphics plugin in Sibelius 7 to created named noteheads using graphics-based symbols that are opaque, so the staff line does not show through the notehead.

    If the old notehead definitions are in the score, Add Notehead Names Graphics will use those, rather than generating its own definitions, and the staff lines will still show through.

    This is a hack, and though it will work, the author apologizes for not having a better solution.

    Updated 22 November 2016. Added ability to also remove Colored Notehead Styles.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter First Notes

    Version 01.22.00
    Added 02 Feb 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Starting with a passage selection, this plugin filters the first non-rest note in each visible staff in the selection. It avoids staves hidden by Hide Empty Staves, Focus On Staves, or a hidden instrument change.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Multicopy Dynamic

    Version 01.25.00
    Added 02 Feb 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds dynamics text (such as mf) that is typed in or chosen from a list to the first bar of each visible staff in a passage (box) selection, or to the position of each selected object in a multiple selection.

    In a passage selection, the text will avoid staves hidden by Hide Empty Staves, Focus On Staves, or a hidden instrument change. By default, the text will be added to the position of the first note in each selected staff in a passage selection.

    You can choose the voice of the text; it defaults to ''all voices''.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Bracket Chord Symbols

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 10 Feb 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Places parentheses around chord symbols, either legacy(text) or chord symbol objects. Doing so will convert "new" chord symbol objects to legacy chords. If the chord symbol displayed a chord diagram, both a chord diagram and a text chord symbols will be displayed.

    The parentheses are not separate symbols, but text which is part of the resulting text object.

    Updated 10 February 2012 to allow you to enter just and open brace or just a closing brace, for use with groups of chords.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Multicopy Object

    Version 01.30.00
    Added 15 Feb 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Pastes a single object previously copied to the clipboard to multiple destinations. The single object can be anything except a note, rest, tuplet, or system object (such as a special barline or Title text).

    When the plugin is run:

    If there is a passage selection, the object will be added in each non-hidden staff at the start of the selection.

    If there is a multiple selection, the text is added to the position of each selected object (if the selection contains any system objects, the object will paste to the same bar and position on the first staff).

    Compared to regular multicopy, the copied object will not be pasted to hidden staves, there is no problem with pasting when the destination selection intersects a tuplet, and you can paste to multiple targets when the destination selection is a multiple selection.

    There is no ability to paste to the first note in a staff, but you could run the Filter First Notes plugin before running this one to get the same effect.

    Updated 25 Feb 2012 to select all objects pasted by the plugin so they can all be adjusted at once.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Tidy After Conversion

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 21 Feb 2012 (last updated 16 May 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Tidy After Conversion undoes some things that convertors like MusicXML and Photoscore do to retain the original appearance of a score. It can unlock the formatting and reset the staff spacing, which changes the original layout but makes it easier to do your own layout.

    Reset clef positions fixes a problem where clef changes at the end of a bar end up over the barline in Photoscore conversions.

    Photoscore forces every visible accidental to be cautionary, so it will not disappear even if another note with the same accidental is added before it in a bar. Remove forced accidentals resets accidentals to behave as if you had entered them by hand.

    Updated 18 Feb 2013. Added option to fix initial system key signatures in certain situations. Photoscore sets all key sigs to one staff only, so if the intitial key sigs for all staves are one-staff-only, the plugin will set the initial system key signature to the key signature used by notation staves, if they are all the same. It also fixes an odd case when the staves are not one-staff-only but the initial system key signature does not match the key sig in the staves.

    Updated 30 April 2014 to add Optimize Staff Spacing, Reset Position and Reset Design.

    Updated 16 May 2014 to include system objects when processing entire score

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich / Jeremy Hughes.

    Export Audio With Count-In

    Version 01.70.00
    Added 02 Mar 2012 (last updated 31 Mar 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Creates a copy of the current score, adding a specified number of "count-in" bars to the start of the score (allowing for pickup bars). This score can be used for producing audio files with a count-in.

    You can have the plugin create the copy, export the result as audio, and delete the score copy, or you can create the score copy, and then export it as a separate step.

    The plugin can add count-in notes to one staff only, or add them to all staves. The latter is useful if you want to take the resulting score and run Rehearsal Recordings or Export Each Staff As Audio and have count-ins for each part.

    Updated 5 March 2012 to clarify some of the dialog text. Thanks, ME!

    Updated 8 March 2012 for more tidying.

    Updated 13 march 2012 changed to export all staves regardless of the original selection.

    Updated 19 January 2014 to fix bug in handling file names with embedded periods.

    Updated 21 January 2014 to add small bug fixes.

    Updated 26 March 2014 to fix problems with shared dynamics in grand staff keyboard instruments.

    Updated 21 April 2015 to fix problem with the wrong countin pitch in some situations

    Updated 30 March 2016. Plugin now starts and stops playback before exporting a score, which should force the sounds to be loaded before exporting. Thanks to Kenneth Gaw for the idea.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Page Size Score and Parts

    Version 01.670.00
    Added 06 Mar 2012 (last updated 29 Jun 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Changes the Document Layout page size for a score and/or all its parts. This can be useful for scores created by MIDI and Photoscore imports where the parts might be created as A4 when the score is Letter.

    Changing page size will also reset the page margins to their default values.

    The plugin can also trace the page size and units of any scores. The plugin can run on the current score, all open scores, or a folder of scores.

    Updated 28 June 2016. Fixed bug where the page size was always set to Letter.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Players Required

    Version 01.08.00
    Added 08 Mar 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin determines the minimum number of players required to play a selected range of bars.

    It writes a report to the Plug-in Trace Window consisting of all the instruments that contain notes in the selection, and the maximum number of instruments that play simultaneously in any one bar. That is, in effect, the minimum number of players required to play the music, though not necessarily a realistic number for an actual performance. (But you could not play it with fewer performers, unless one performer plays multiple simultaneous instruments!)

    There is an option to include instrument changes in the name of the instruments in the report, and a sub option to include Technique and Instrument Change text as instrument changes. The latter could produce unwanted information, but it should be relatively easy to edit out.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Beam 3 Eighths In Common Time

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 12 Mar 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Changes the beaming of consecutive 8th notes/quavers in common time (4/4 or C).

    This only affect groups of 3 notes and a rest that start on beat 1 or beat 3, and have the rest as the first or last member of the group.

    The plugin can beam the 3-8th notes together, or split 3 beamed notes into rest/single note/2 beamed notes or 2 beamed notes/single note/rest.

    It should work correctly whether beam to/from rests is on or off. This plugin requires a passage (box) selection of full bars.

    Updated 15 March 2012 to add ability to trace changed beam groups.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Bars Move System Objects

    Version 01.90.00
    Added 20 Mar 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Deletes all the bars in a passage selection of full bars, after moving any system objects attached to the first selected bar to the bar following the deleted bars. It will retain a title page if the first bar in the score is deleted.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Systems Per Page

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 26 Mar 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Lays out a score so that there are a specified number of systems on a page without changing the number of bars in a system.

    If the format is not locked, the number of systems chosen may not fit on a page. Use ''Lock format'' to make the number of systems into a page.

    It is simpler if the selected bars are at the start of a page; otherwise, the first changed page starts at the first bar of the original page containing the first selected bar.

    Options chosen in the dialog will be preserved over Sibelius sessions.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Pitch Values

    Version 01.03.00
    Added 12 Apr 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin displays the all possible MIDI values for note names, or all possible names for MIDI pitches, including double accidentals or quartertones. This can be helpful when writing plugins. It is pretty geeky.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Solfege

    Version 01.09.30
    Added 12 Apr 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin adds syllables to selected notes, similar to what Add Note Names does. The syllables come from lists of Solfege systems that provide syllables to be used for the lowered, natural, and raised forms of the seven scale positions of a major scale.

    The plugin provides a ''movable-do'' mechanism, where you specify the pitch for degree 1 of the scale. By default it assigns ''1'' to the root of the (major) scale used at the start of the selection, based on the key signature.

    This can use useful for ear training, and probably a bunch of other things.

    You can edit the Solfege systems, and create new ones, and these are retained across Sibelius sessions.

    It does not provide octave designations or rhythmic values (such as, for example, the Add Tonic Sol Fa does). It does adjust itself when key signatures change.

    Updated 13 April 2012 to save changed solfege systems even if you cancel from the main dialog. Also fixed a typo!

    Updated 14 April 2012 to allow text style to be typed in as well as being chosen from a list.

    Updated 19 April 2012. Corrected problems with import/export, added ability to delete a system, added a PDF file explaining how to use the plugin. Warning: this version will erase any settings made in earlier versions, so write them down before upgrading.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Position Dynamics

    Version 01.70.00
    Added 17 Apr 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin repositions Expression/dynamics text according to the text of the dynamics expression, the width of the associated noteheads, and the stem direction (in Sib 7 only), so that a dynamic will appear in an aesthetically pleasing relation to an associated note.

    It comes with 4 "position sets" designed by Matthew Maslanka, with input from Jeremy Hughes, for use with Opus, Helsinki, Inkpen2 and Reprise fonts.

    New positions sets can be created and existing ones edited. Position sets are saved as text files and can be shared among users.

    A PDF file describing how to use the plugin is included in the zip file. I recommend looking through it before you use the plugin.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Unlink Objects in Parts

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 22 Apr 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Moves each selected object slightly in each part, then move it back to the original position. The effect is to remove the linkage between the object in the score and the object in the part.

    It was designed to be used after running the Position Dynamics plugin on the entire score, so you can unlink the positioned text, and then run Position Dynamics with different settings on the score, without upsetting what was done in the parts.

    It can, of course, be used anywhere that the same effect is desired.

    Use Reset to Score Position to undo the effects of this plugin.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Reset Position Independent

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 18 May 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Resets Position of selected objects. The trick is that it can reset the horizontal and vertical positions independently, so you can reset one without resetting the other.

    So you could, for example, realign sets of lyrics vertically without losing manual horizontal adjustments.

    This plugin is dedicated to Robert Puff, in part because it was so easy to do.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Proportional Note Spacing

    Version 01.53.00
    Added 22 May 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Sets the notes in a selection or score to use proportional note spacing, where the spacing corresponds to the duration of the note, or restores the notes to default spacing.

    If the entire score is selected, the Proportional Spacing will become the default for the score; otherwise, only the selection is changed and respaced, and the defaults for the score return to the original Note Spacing settings.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add LV Symbols to Notes

    Version 01.45.00
    Added 25 May 2012 (last updated 02 Feb 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds laissez vibrer/let ring/LV symbols to selected untied notes, mimicking the positioning of ties on the same notes

    The plugin will determine the direction of the symbols and it provides options for adjusting the spacing of the symbols from the note positions.

    This plugin requires Sibelius 7.

    Updated 21 June 2012 to fix wrong version in error message.

    Updated 29 May 2013 to allow plugin to work in Sibelius 6.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Copy Notes as Grace Notes

    Version 01.09.00
    Added 19 Jun 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes a grace note from each note in a passage selection, and copies the generated grace notes to the clipboard.

    The plugin works by adding each note as a grace note to a "base" note in a temporarily added bar. All the grace notes will paste as if attached to the same note. The duration will match the original duration, or optionally, will be all 8th notes/quavers.

    Notes that were in tuplets will be copied as if not in a tuplet. Selected grace notes and rests are skipped.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Are Your Plugins Up-To-Date?

    Version 02.02.00
    Added 26 Jun 2012 (last updated 18 Feb 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin compares the version numbers in downloaded plugins installed on your machine with version numbers of a snapshot of the plugins on the Plugin Download Page.

    It creates a list in the Plugin Trace Window showing whether the version numbers are OUTDATED, CURRENT, NEWER, or NOT IN LIST. If a plugin is OUTDATED, you should probably install the current version of the plugin.

    The plugin will also tell you if you have duplicate copies of the same plugin in different folders. This can cause problems, especially with plugins that run other plugins, and you are advised to eliminate any duplicates.

    The ''snapshot'' of the Download Page Plugins is tedious to create, so it will not be updated often. If your plugins are OUTDATED, you should update, but CURRENT and NEWER are valid only at the time of the snapshot, and are less trustworthy. The original snapshot was made on May 23, 2012.

    The current version of most plugins can be found in the listing on the Plugins Download Page. For many plugins, the version number is displayed in the lower left corner of the plugin's main dialog box.

    Updated 26 June 2012 to fix Add Pitch Class list entry.

    Updated 18 January 2015 to update the plugin list snapshot to be current as of January 18, 2015.

    Updated 18 Feb 2015. The plugin still uses a snapshot (date is Feb 11, 2015) but it is much more detailed that earlier versions. The uninstalled plugin list should only show plugins that will work in your version of Sibelius.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transpose By Interval

    Version 01.08.00
    Added 29 Jun 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Transposes selected notes and chord symbols by interval, allowing more intervals that the Sibelius Transpose function, including diminished 2nds, 3rds, 6ths, and 7ths. Some combinations, such as Major 5ths and Perfect 2nds will be disallowed when you choose OK.

    Key signatures can be changed if all staves are selected. The previous key signature will not be restored at the end of the selection.

    Updated 29 November 2012. To avoid possible trashing some notes, the plugin will now only work if there is a passage (box) selection.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Offtonic Note Info

    Version 0.1
    Added 26 Jul 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Note Info simply displays basic information about a specific note in a computer-readable format. I wrote it as a tool to help me understand how Sibelius internally represents notes, but I can imagine others wanting the same thing. Note that Sibelius's representation of a Note object is as an object inside a NoteRest object, so Note Info does not display duration or velocity, for example.

    Plug-in written by Mauro Braunstein.

    Remove MIDI Pitch Bends

    Version 0.1
    Added 02 Aug 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Remove MIDI Pitch Bends removes all MIDI pitch bend messages in your selection and optionally adds a pitch reset message at the start of each staff in your selection. MIDI pitch bend messages look like ~B47,66 and instruct the MIDI instrument to tune itself depending on the message; ~B0,64 in particular changes the pitch to default tuning. If you've used a plugin to add large quantities of pitch bend messages to your score (like Offtonic 19-TET or the quarter-tone playback plugin that ships with Sibelius), this is a quick and handy way to take them back out.

    New in version 0.1.0:

    • Initial release
    • Removes pitch bend messages. You know, like it's supposed to!
    • Has the capability to add a pitch reset message (~B0,64) at the start of the selection in each staff in case previous music contains pitch bends

    Plug-in written by Mauro Braunstein.

    Offtonic 19-TET

    Version 0.1
    Added 02 Aug 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Allows playback of music in 19-tone equal temperament (19-TET). Very cool, huh? The 19-tone scale is not very different from our usual 12-tone scale. The diatonic scale can be reproduced very faithfully in 19-TET by interpreting a whole step as three 19-TET steps, and a half step as two. As a result, we can label the pitches as follows:

    C C# Db D D# Eb E E#/Fb F F# Gb G G# Ab A A# Bb B B#/Cb

    It's rather amazing that tonal music in 19-TET sounds so similar to tonal music in our usual 12-TET -- the only element that really breaks is enharmonic spellings, meaning that an augmented 6th is no longer equivalent to a minor 7th, for instance. We can take advantage of this fact by using our common 12-TET notation for 19-TET. No new symbols are necessary. Offtonic 19-TET adds a pitch bend message to each note in your selection, retuning your music to fit the 19-tone scale. Arbitrarily, C in 19-TET is tuned to the common C in 12-TET.

    Interestingly, the 19-TET system allows some interesting sonorities. Thirds, both major and minor, are closer to their pure forms. The fifth is a tiny bit flat compared to the already narrow 12-TET fifth, but this is hardly noticeable. The augmented sixth sounds very much like a septimal minor seventh, the seventh overtone, which is a nice sonority. Leading tones are actually hampered by this system, as the diatonic half step of two 19-TET steps is wider than its 12-TET counterpart.

    A major limitation of Offtonic 19-TET is that, by the nature of MIDI commands, it cannot retune chords, only single notes in each staff. Only one pitch bend command may be active at a time in a single staff, so if you need to retune multiple notes all sounding at once, they each need their own staff. This applies to chords, multiple voices, and even, more subtly, slurs, if they are set to increase a note's duration past 100%.

    New in version 0.1.0:

    • Initial release
    • Removes all existing pitch bend messages from the selection and retunes the written notes to 19-tone equal temperament
    • Allows the user to specify the maximum pitch bend of the instrument
    • Includes a help dialog

    Plug-in written by Mauro Braunstein.

    Respell Accidentals Allow Doubles

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 07 Aug 2012 (last updated 06 Jul 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Respells selected notes to their enharmonic equivalent (same sounding) spelling. Unlike the Return key in Sibelius, Respell Accidentals Allow Doubles can change a note to a note with a double accidental.

    If the key signature contains flats, the plugin favors double flats when starting with a note without an accidental. For other keys (sharp, C/Am or atonal), it favors double sharps.

    Quartertones are not respelled.

    It is probably going to be most useful if assigned to a keystroke shortcut, so you can run it again quickly if the first respelling is not what you want.

    This plugin is dedicated to Daniel Spreadbury and the Sibelius development team.

    Updated 23 June 2015 to fix a bug that generated a bogus error message.

    Updated 6 July 2015 to move category to Accidentals

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Respace Clef Change

    Version 01.04.00
    Added 10 Aug 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Sibelius sometimes leaves too much space in bars that contain clef changes. For all staves, for any bar that contains a clef change, the plugin hides the clef changes, then respaces the bar in all staves, then makes the clef change visible.

    You may want to run it separately on the full score and in parts. I recommend running it on the full score first.

    This plugin is dedicated to Daniel Spreadbury and the Sibelius development team.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Double Barline at Time Signature

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 10 Aug 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Given a passage (box) selection, which does not need to be a system (purple box) selection, the plugin will add a double barline before any time signature changes.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Percussion Pitch Map

    Version 01.91.00
    Added 21 Aug 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Transposes selected notes, optionally changing noteheads and adding articulations according to the chosen pitch map. Specific pitches at specific octaves are transposed, as opposed to all pitches with a given pitch name.

    The plugin reads data files called "pitch maps", which will change a note at a specific pitch name and octave to another pitch name and octave. The new note can also be given a different notehead and articulation.

    Typically this plugin could be used to remap pitches in cases where pitch mapping is not done by Sibelius on import.

    A PDF document describing the plugin is included in the zip file.

    This plugin is dedicated to Robert Puff, who provided the built-in pitch maps..

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Reset Spacing In Score and Parts

    Version 01.80.00
    Added 02 Sep 2012 (last updated 01 May 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Resets note spacing, resets space above and below staves, and (or) unlocks format for a full score, all of its dynamic parts, or both.

    It can process the current score, all open scores, or all scores in a folder of scores.

    Updated 30 April 2014 to add Optimize Staff Spacing, Reset Position and Reset Design.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Chord Symbols For Sib 5 Export

    Version 01.20.00
    Added 08 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Will convert Chord Symbol objects so that if they are text only they will become legacy chord symbols with plain text, and if diagrams, they will become a diagram with no text and a plain-text legacy chord symbol for the text.

    The text used in the legacy chord symbols avoids the special characters used for accidentals and other characters in Sib 6 and 7.

    This is intended for scores that are to be exported to Sibelius 5 and earlier, which used different text characters in chord symbols.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Copy Wildcards

    Version 01.05.70
    Added 11 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Displays a list of wildcard text strings. You can copy a wildcard from the plugin window and then paste it into a Text item in a score.

    You can also have the plugin write the list of wildcards to the plugin Trace window, and you can copy and paste from there without needing to run the plugin again.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Colored Objects

    Version 01.60.00
    Added 11 Sep 2012 (last updated 26 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Allows you to select or deselect all colored objects in a selection. There is an option to exclude Comments and Highlights from the filter.

    Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Store Data For Wildcard

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 13 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is an extension of the Get Page Count plugin, adding the ability to use the score's highest Version number.

    It stores the number of pages in a score (at the time the plug-in is run) or the highest Version number of the score into a field of File > Score Info.

    This makes the number available for use in text fields (such as \"Page x of y\"). If the $MOREINFO wildcard is used. (The full text would be \"Page $PAGENUM of $MOREINFO\").

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Families

    Version 01.08.00
    Added 18 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Filters staves that belong to instrument families that you can specify in a dialog.

    Filtered instruments will be selected as part of a (possibly discontiguous) passage selection. The filter can select from an initial passage selection, or it can select from the entire score.

    This could be followed with Hide Empty Staves to hide only empty percussion staves, for example.

    Updated 21 September 2012 to make Select All do a system selection so system objects are included.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Explode Staff To Parts

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 26 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Splits a staff into 2 or more staves, then sets the resulting staves to show only in parts. The effect is that you can have 2 violin parts as both the original combined staff in the score and parts and separate instruments visible only in the parts.

    You need to make a passage (box) selection of the staff that you would like to split. You only need to select a single bar (the plugin will select the entire staff).

    The plugin will call the Explode plugin to split the staves. You will choose which staves the split notes should go into. The plugin will then select the resulting staves and make all objects in those staves appear only in parts.

    In Sibelius 7.1.3 or later, these staves will be hidden using Hide Empty Staves. In earlier versions of Sibelius, staves will remain selected, and you can the use Hide Empty Staves to hide the original staves in the score (the plugin was not able to invoke Hide Empty Staves).

    This plugin can be run only from a full score, not from a part.

    This plugin is dedicated to John Hinchey, Daniel Spreadbury, and Michael Eastwood, each of whom helped make it possible.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Reduce Staves To Full Score

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 26 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Combines 2 or more staves into a single staff, then sets the original staves to show only in parts. The effect is that you can have 2 violin parts as both a combined staff visible in the score and parts, and separate staves visible only in the parts.

    You need to make a passage (box) selection of 2 or more staves that you would like to combine into a single staff. You only need to select a single bar (the plugin will select the entire staff), and the selected staves do not need to be adjacent.

    The plugin will call the Reduce plugin to combine the staves. You will choose which staff the combined notes should go into. The plugin will then reselect the original staves and make all objects in those staves appear only in parts.

    In Sibelius 7.1.3 or later, these staves will be hidden using Hide Empty Staves. In earlier versions of Sibelius, staves will remain selected, and you can the use Hide Empty Staves to hide the original staves in the score (the plugin was not able to invoke Hide Empty Staves).

    This plugin can be run only from a full score, not from a part.

    This plugin is dedicated to John Hinchey, Daniel Spreadbury, and Michael Eastwood, each of whom helped make it possible.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Show Staves In Parts Only

    Version 01.06.20
    Added 27 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Sets selected staves to show only in parts.

    You need to make a passage (box) selection of the staves that you would like to hide. You only need to select a single bar, as the plugin will select the entire staff.

    The plugin will make all objects in the selected staves appear only in parts. In Sibelius version 7.1.3, the staves will be hidden with Hide Empty Staves. In earlier versions of Sibelius, they remain selected, and you can the use Hide Empty Staves to hide the staves in the score.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Hide Empty Staves Grand Staff

    Version 01.05.10
    Added 27 Sep 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    For Sibelius version 7.1.3 and later only

    Hides empty staves that are included in a passage selection. For instruments that are defined as having more than 1 staff (pianos, harps, etc) it will only hide empty staves if both staves are empty. (Sibelius itself hides all empty staves even for grand staff instruments).

    If there is already a hidden staff for such an instrument that has another unhidden staff, the hidden staff will be unhidden.

    There is no dialog for this plugin; it is intended to be a replacement for Hide Empty Staves when using instruments like a piano, and other than its special feature, it should act the same as Hide Empty Staves.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Edit Text File

    Version 01.76.00
    Added 28 Sep 2012 (last updated 13 Feb 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    For Sibelius 7.1.3 and later only.

    Launches an application that will edit a text file. You specify both the application and the text file, and these files will be remembered over Sibelius sessions.

    This could be be useful for plugins that create log files and text files, or even html files, and would like to display them from within Sibelius.

    For plugin developers, please note that the mechanism to launching apps is rather different in Windows and OSX.

    This plugin is dedicated to Mary Elizabeth, for her invaluable testing assistance.

    Updated 13Feb201=5 to fix a type and add entry points fro calling from other plugins

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (English)

    Version 04.02.00
    Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

    These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (French)

    Version 04.02.00
    Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

    These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (German)

    Version 04.02.00
    Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

    These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (Italian)

    Version 04.02.00
    Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

    These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (Japanese)

    Version 04.02.00
    Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

    These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (Simplified Chinese)

    Version 04.02.00
    Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

    These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Transform Scale for Sibelius 7 (Spanish)

    Version 04.02.00
    Added 08 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This update fixes a problem whereby Transform Scale does not work correctly in languages other than English. Note that the zip file contains 2 plugins (Pitch Mapping as well as Transform Scale), and both need to be installed.

    These fixes are really only required for the German version of Sibelius, and can be used in Sibelius 6 and 7.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Note Spacing

    Version 01.51.40
    Added 09 Oct 2012 (last updated 05 Nov 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Apply a Note Spacing preset, a set of predefined Note Spacing Rules, whose values can be scaled by a percentage, to a selection. The plugin will apply the spacing rules, respace, then restore the original score spacing. The preset can also be applied to the entire score, with optional respacing.

    For a non-passage selection, any bar containing selected notes will be respaced.

    The plugin requires Sibelius 7.1.3 or later. A PDF document describing the plugin is included with the zip file, and it is recommended reading.

    The plugin comes with several predefined presets (thanks to Robert Puff and Bill Holab for these, and to Neil Sands for the Proportional Spacing settings). You can also edit or create presets. The Current score and Defaults presets may not be edited nor deleted.

    This plugin is dedicated to Robert Puff and Daniel Spreadbury.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Lyrics To Expression Text

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 12 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Converts all selected lyrics to staff text in Expression style, maintaining any horizontal or vertical offsets of the the original lyrics. It does not combine lyric syllables into words.

    The can be used in the likely unusual case where someone entered Expression text, such as dynamics, as Lyric objects, whcih cannot otherwise be easily converted to staff Text objects.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Unfold Repeats

    Version 01.10.60
    Added 16 Oct 2012 (last updated 28 Dec 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugins requires Sibelius 7.13 or later.

    Creates a copy of a score with all repeats written out as separate bars. It uses the ordering shown in Play > Repeats, and will optionally delete any repeat barlines, end lines, and Repeat or Jump text.

    User defined text, symbols, and lines will have to be deleted by hand. The plugin will warn if the playback structure indicates there are still repeats after the plugin is run. If playback does not go from start to end, go to the bars where playback changes and delete the objects that are affecting playback.

    Updated 28 December 2016. Fixed crash that occurred when a repeated section consisted of a single bar.

    The plugin will not run if there are jumps that are not at the end of a bar. It will not run if there are any unreachable bars. It will add time signatures to any irregular bars to avoid problems with the pasting of irregular bars.

    There are likely many things that can go wrong, so check the output carefully.

    This plugin is gratefully dedicated to Daniel Spreadbury and Michael Eastwood.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Dotted Minim Rests

    Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Dotted Minim Rests only operates in 12/8, looking for any sequence of rests on the first or third beats of the bar and turning them into a single dotted minim rest. The plug-in will thus convert two dotted crotchet rests into a single dotted minim rest, a convention that some people prefer.

    Plug-in written by Michael Eastwood.

    Find and Fix Illegal Tuplets

    Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Find And Fix Illegal Tuplets looks for tuplets where the tuplet fraction ratio has a greater number on the left than on the right (i.e. so the notes would end up longer in duration when played) and doubles the written duration of the notes in the tuplet.

    Plug-in written by Michael Eastwood.

    Decrease and Increase Dynamics

    Version 1.4
    Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 20 Dec 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Decrease and Increase Dynamics

    Version 1.3

    Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 13 Aug 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1 and Sibelius 7.5

    These decrease or increase dynamic levels within a selection. They are designed for speed and do not use dialogs. I suggest assigning to keyboard shortcuts such as Alt++/Alt+- on the numeric keyboard.

    • 1.1 Update: General bug fixes and improvements
    • 1.2 Update: Now works with any type of selection (individual dynamics, passage selection and system selection)
    • 1.3 Update: A bug which caused it to crash when reading fp has been fixed.
    • 1.4 Update: A bug which affected midi control messages has been fixed.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Multiply Dynamics

    Version 2.0
    Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 14 Dec 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This copies dynamics from one to all staves within a selection and avoids placing them on rests or empty bars. It is designed for speed and does not feature a dialog. I suggest assigning to a keyboard shortcut such as Alt+* on the numeric keyboard.

    Update: Will now place a text dynamic in the middle of a long note if required

    UPDATE: typo fixed in error message

    Update: The plug-in now works across barlines. Dynamics now are entered on the next available note on each stave in a selected passage.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Move or Copy to Another Voice

    Version 1.3
    Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin is an updated and expanded version of the 'Move top or bottom notes to another voice' plugin previously submitted and is a simple alternative filter to the Sibelius one.

    It moves or copies notes, lyrics, dynamics (including hairpins) and other text from one voice to another. Unlike Sibelius' filters, it works with tuplets (including nested ones) hence you can copy or move passages with tuplets partially or wholly selected. It also allows you to move whole dotted quavers (for example) in 6/8 time without converting them into semi+quaver combinations on the 2nd and 4th dotted quaver beats.

    Furthermore it allows you to copy/delete the top or bottom notes of tuplets by moving them into another voice and then filtering and pasting/deleting that voice.

    It works best when the destination voice is either empty or has the same rhythm as the source voice and is designed to complement the existing Sibelius filters. Where the rhythms of the source voice and destination voice are different, only the rhythm of the source voice is preserved.

    1.1 Update: Improvements have been added in the way it handles destination voices which are not empty, copies note and rest properties to the destination voice and deals with the beam property in rests.

    1.2 Update: This update contains various bug fixes which apply where the destination voice already has material.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Paste to Chord Symbols

    Added 18 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is designed for educational and general use.

    This plugin copies an accompaniment pattern in accordance with given chord symbols.

    To use it:

    • Add chord symbols to any instrument in a passage of music.
    • Write the accompaniment of the first bar or two, making sure that this matches the chord symbols you have written. (The bars following should be empty.)
    • Select the accompaniment bars and extend the selection to the point where you want the accompaniment pattern to end.
    • Run the plugin, click OK in the dialog and the accompaniment pattern will "fill out" the selection, following the given chord symbols.

    Dialog Options

    • Chord Instruments/Bass Instruments - The plugin uses the initial clef to determine how an instrument is treated. You can override this here.
    • Staff Containing the Chord Symbols - The lowest stave which contains chord symbols is automatically selected. This can be changed here if you want you try out alternative harmonisations etc.
    • Put added bass notes into chord instruments - When this is selected the bass notes of chords such as C/D are included in chord (treble clef) instruments.
    • Omit root of the chord in chord instruments - This omits the root of a chord from a chord (treble clef) instrument when the chord has a certain number of notes. This option can be useful for improving the voice leading when the number of notes per chord varies (e.g. triads followed by 7ths or 9ths). Also, 9th chords and above often sound better when the root is confined to bass instruments.
    • Voice leading in chord instruments - This governs the extent to which parallel 5ths and octaves are avoided.
    • Max amount of drift - In some situations when "Best" voice leading is selected the register of the chords will move unacceptably. This setting determines the maximum amount allowed before a correction factor is applied.
    • Range of notes used - This prevents the plugin writing unplayable notes. (The setting refers to the original instrument so Ignore instrument range might be more appropriate if you have inserted an instrument change.)
    • Return to Panorama View (Sibelius 7 only) - Because of a bug in the Manuscript language the plugin has to switch to Normal View when run in Sibelius 7. If you are using Panorama View and want to the plugin to switch back then tick this box. (This setting has no effect when using Sibelius 6.)

    For best results

    • Make sure that the voice leading is as good as possible in the initial accompaniment pattern. (Use only one chord if you wish.)
    • Make sure the chords have similar numbers of notes, (e.g. triads, 7ths, 9ths). This tends to be true for most styles of music. Check also that chords with the maximum number of notes are present in the initial accompaniment or else create an extra bar at the beginning of the selection to create a match between your accompaniment pattern and chord symbols. (The Omit root option can compensate for this.)
    • If the results are not satisfactory, press undo, change some of the option settings and try again.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Left Align First Lyric In System

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 24 Oct 2012 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Left-aligns the first word or syllable in a lyric line, leaving the alignment of other syllables unchanged. This is to support a common technique in hymnals.

    The plugin accomplishes this by forcing the first lyric syllable in a system for each text style in that bar to act as though it covers at least 2 notes. This forces left alignment.

    An unfortunate side effect is that syllables that generate hyphens will not show their hyphens. To get around this, the plugin appends 2 non breaking spaces and a hyphen to the text of syllables that would normally show hyphens.

    Since this could could cause unwanted layout changes, this zip file also includes the plugin Adjust Fake Lyric Hyphen, which will find adjusted syllables and let you choose the number of non breaking spaces to use for each such syllable.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Voices 1-4

    Version 1.2
    Added 11 Feb 2013 (last updated 09 Sep 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Delete Voices 1-4

    Version 1.2

    Added 11 Feb 2013 (last updated 13 Aug 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1 and Sibelius 7.5

    Filtering out a voice and deleting it in Sibelius can take up to six steps if tuplets are involved. These plugins allows you to delete a voice with one command.

    They are designed to be run from keyboard shortcuts, hence four plugins rather than one with a dialog and they will also work on selected passages that intersect tuplets.

    Tip: Define Ctrl+Shift+Alt+F1-4 for these plugins respectively. This corresponds to the default Alt+1-4 (create or move to voice) and Ctrl+Shift+Alt+1-4 (filter voice) shortcuts.

    • Update: General bug fixes and improvements
    • Update to version 1.2 for Delete Voices 2, 3 and 4: Voice 1 is now never left empty in a bar. If no voice 1 notes or rests are present a bar rest is added.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Add Interval

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 14 Feb 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Add an interval above or below selected notes. Describe intervals using a fixed number of semitones, or add named intervals to the selection. This is similar to the Sibelius Interval Above/Below, except that Sibelius allows only diatonic intervals to be added.

    The plugin remembers its settings and can be invoked without its dialog. Other plugins call call into it to produce a specific interval. Plugins that do this can be assigned a separate shortcut. Two sample plugins that generate up and down diatonic tenths can be found at Add Interval Diatonic 10th in the category Notes and Rests. These plugins require Add Interval to be installed, and can be used as templates for plugins for other intervals.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Interval Diatonic 10th

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 14 Feb 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is a pair of plugins, one for adding a diatonic 10th above the top selected note, and one for adding a diatonic 10th below the bottom selected note.

    This is similar to the Sibelius Interval Above/Below which does not provide 10ths.

    This plugin calls the Add Interval plugin, which must be installed (available for installation from the Notes and Rests category). If you would like plugins for other intervals, these would serve well as templates.

    I would expect that these plugins could be assigned a shortcut, such as the usually unused 0/shift-0 keys.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Retract Line Ends

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 19 Apr 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Pulls back the right end of lines that end at the start of the next bar. The line will then terminate at the end of the previous bar. The plugin can process all selected lines, or just lines of specified types.

    If the selection is a passage selection, any system lines in the selection range will be processed; otherwise only selected lines will be processed.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Replace Symbol

    Version 01.08.00
    Added 25 Apr 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Replaces one symbol with another, which is normally not possible in Sibelius.

    You can choose the name of a symbol that is in your score to be replaced, the type the name of the replacement symbol. If the replacement symbol is also defined in the score, you can use the Copy text button to avoid retyping.

    The symbol name is case sensitive and must be typed exactly as defined in the Insert Symbol dialog. Note that some symbols have the same name, and this plugin cannot differentiate between such symbols.

    Updated 2 May 2013 to make the dialog button larger to avoid truncating text.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Remove Duplicate Pitches

    Version 01.09.00
    Added 05 May 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Removes duplicated notes in a selection. It is similar to the shipping plugin Remove Unison Notes, except that it will also process notes in tuplets. Its main intention is for cleaning up piano reductions in large scores.

    The plugin processes a selection in two passes. The first looks only at chords in a single voice in a single bar, and it removes duplicate notes from those chords. Duplicate notes must have the same pitch and note spelling. The plugin treats notes with special noteheads, tied notes, and quartertones separately, so it will remove a quartertone, for example, only if there are multiple quartertones with the same pitch.

    On the second pass, it looks at chords at the same position in a bar across all staves and voices. Again, the pitch and note spelling must be the same, and quartertones and special noteheads are dealt with separately. Notes are only considered duplicates in this pass if the starting position and duration are the same. It will not delete overlapping notes that start or end at a different time.

    In the second pass, tied notes will be deleted if there are other tied notes with the same properties at the same location and duration.

    This plugin is somewhat more cautious about removing notes than Remove Unison Notes. If there are still too many, you might try running that plugin as well.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Respell Chord Symbols

    Version 01.12.00
    Added 09 May 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin will respell chord symbol names, changing sharps to flats, and so on. Notes and key signatures are not affected.

    There are options for how certain chord roots are respelled. Chord root names with accidentals (such as Eb or C#) will change to a natural or single accidental. Natural roots change depending on the option: they can be set to never change, to change to a single accidental (E, F, B, or C), or any natural root can change, possibly producing a double accidental.

    Options are retained over Sibelius sessions, and the settings dialog may be hidden after it appears the first time the plugin is run in a Sibelius session.

    There are options to respell as sharps and flats, and all flats as sharps.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Unfilter Selection and Unfilter Selection Whole Bars

    Version 1.2
    Added 14 May 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    These convert one or more selected objects into a selected passage. The Whole Bars version selects complete bars. They are quite useful when working with filters and I suggest assigning keyboard shortcuts to them if you use them regularly.

    1.1 Update: Added ability to reverse selection e.g. notes to passage selection and the other way too. This update also includes general stability improvements.

    1.2 Update: When run with a passage selected the plugin now filters out tuplets as well as notes. This is useful for cutting and pasting.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Bracket Notes

    Version 01.18.00
    Added 16 May 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Bracket Notes will add a vertical bracket line to the left of selected notes. If more than 2 notes in a chord are selected, the highest and lowest notes will be connected.

    It cannot make horizontal space for added lines, so you will need to do that manually. The vertical position of the line will usually be correct, but you will likely need horizontal adjustments.

    This can be very useful for adding double-stop indicators in string parts.

    The code that figures out the stem direction for notes in Sibelius 6 was graciously provided by Neil Sands, and I thank him for allowing me to include it in this plugin.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Remove Text Line Feeds

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 21 Jun 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin will remove line feeds separating lines in selected Text or System Text objects (replacing them with spaces if there are none in the surrounding text). At this point, the text will be a single line, and in Sibelius 7 or later you can use the size of the text box to control where the lines break.

    The plugin has no dialog, and it processes selected Text and System Text objects. It does not process lyrics.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Word Wrap Text

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 21 Jun 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Add lines breaks to selected text or system text, splitting lines at word boundaries. Lyrics will not be processed.

    This plugin is not needed in Sibelius 7 or later, because you can word wrap lines by adjusting the size of the enclosing text box.

    To split text, you must specify the size of the longest line you want. Single words will not be split. By default only unformatted text will be split. You can choose to split formatted text, but any formatting will be lost in the process.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Apply series

    Version 3.0
    Added 25 Jul 2013 (last updated 09 Sep 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin is principally designed to help with serial composition but it can be used for other purposes, including mapping the rhythm of one stave to as set of pitches contained in another.

    It requires a stave to be wholly dedicated to the series (source pitches), which should be present once in its Prime form. The plugin can then be used to map selected notes in other staves to the series notes.

    Options include different versions of the series (Prime, Retrograde, Inversion and Inversion Retrograde), transposition, octave shifts, labelling the version used and note numbering.

    Version 2 is fully polyphonic, i.e. it works with chords and it also allows the partial selection, repetition and reordering of the notes in the series. Such techniques are quite common in post war serial music. A bug which could lead to the main dialog disappearing has also been fixed.

    The series can be any number of notes.

    Added in Version 3

    The octave position of the series notes can now be determined by the selected notes and the series can now be applied one stave a time or across all selected staves in the order that the notes are played.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Display Accidentals In Selected Notes

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 22 Aug 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Hide, unhide, or make the accidentals in selected notes visible. The noteheads must be selected, not just the accidentals.

    In Sibelius 7.1.3 or later, the plugin can hide or force only accidentals that are visible, so you can select all notes in a passage. In Sibelius 6, you must select the notes you want individually, or the plugin will change the accidental style on all selected notes.

    With cross-staff beamed notes, even in Sibelius 7, Sibelius sometimes gets confused about whether an accidental is visible. If you try to change visible accidentals and they do not change, turn off the visible option and select only the notes whose accidentals you wish to change.

    Updated 26 August 2013. Handles selection that include only parts of notes, such as stems, which would crash the plugin. These are now ignored. Also the plugin now respaces the selection at the end.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Simplify Part Names

    Version 01.30.00
    Added 04 Sep 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Removes all but the first instrument name in the Part Name field in Score Info for each dynamic part in each processed score. This removes any additional instrument names which could be produced by instrument changes.

    Parts containing multiple instruments will not be simplified.

    You can process the current score, all currently open scores, or a folder of scores.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Merge To Voice 1

    Version 01.08.00
    Added 04 Sep 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin converts notes in selected bars to be in voice 1. Just selecting the notes and choosing 1 on the keypad does this, but not very well, so the plugin automates these steps, which tends to do a better job:

    1. Filter and delete rests in voices other than voice 1.

    2. Remove tuplets and any notes contained in tuplets from the selection (since tuplets do not merge when the voice is changed, but rather overwrite). Other objects like slurs and text that start within the range of a tuplet in the same voice are also removed.

    3. Change the voice of other bar objects to voice 1.

    4. Delete any duplicated text, symbols, or lines (such as slurs) that might result.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Page Numbers

    Version 01.12.00
    Added 18 Dec 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Hide or show page numbers, or trace or delete page number changes, in the full score and/or all dynamic parts.

    This plugin processes the *entire* score or parts, disregarding any selection.

    Except when tracing, the plugin adds a page number change before the first bar. In some cases you may not want this, and you should select and delete the first page number.

    ''Display results'' will trace changes to existing page number change objects.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Float Rests

    Version 01.55.00
    Added 20 Dec 2013 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Moves rests that are under beams to the first position where the rest will not change the stem length of the beamed notes.

    It will only move rests in bars whose notes and rests are in a single voice, and skips cross-staff-beamed notes. Set the Engraving Rules option to beam over rests before running this plugin.

    Rules for note layout are complex, and the plugin will not always get the position correct, so please check the output visually.

    Updated 4 January 2014 to support rests with stemlets

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Hide Articulations

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 17 Feb 2014 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin hides articulations in selected notes or chords, while retaining the playback of the articulations. This automates what some users have been doing by hand. It creates hidden, sounding notes with articulations in another voice, then silences and removes articulations from the original note or chord.

    The plugin requires that there be an unused voice for each voice in a bar that contains selected notes or chords with articulations. It will hide any rests in any voices it adds note into. It can replace at most 2 voices in any bar. If there are more than 2 voices with articulations in a bar, that bar is skipped.

    Please remember that you did this later, as it could be tricky to figure out what is going on. There is no easy way to undo this after Undo is out of range, so be sure this is what you want to do.

    Updated 25 Feb 2014. Had found a problem that when the notes to be hidden had visible accidentals, the accidentals were usually, but not always hidden in the result. The code was changed to change any visible accidentals to be cautionary so they would remain visible. Be careful pasting such notes to different locations as the visible accidental may be inappropriate.

    Since check for accidental visibility was only available in Sib 7.1.3, that is now the earliest version this plugin can run under.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Delete Leading Empty Bars

    Version 01.70.00
    Added 18 Feb 2014 (last updated 07 Mar 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in will delete empty bars from the start of the score up to a specified stopping point.

    Before deleting, it moves any system objects, such as Title text, from the bar(s) to be deleted to the first bar that is not deleted. A title page will be preserved.

    Only use the ''Delete bars before bar number'' option if bars numbers are always ascending.

    There are some options to determine what the plugin will consider to be an empty bar.

    This plugin was written to help with the large number of empty bars that can be added to a score when transferring from Pro Tools to Sibelius.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Swap or Replace Text Styles

    Version 01.02.10
    Added 25 Feb 2014 (last updated 27 Dec 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Swaps the text styles of 2 styles of text (such as Lyrics Line 1 and Lyrics Line 2). It can also replace one text style with another style.

    Swapping of styles present in the current score work for all languages supported by Sibelius. Replacing with a text style not currently present in the score is only available for English and German.

    Styles to be swapped should be in the same 'text style class', so swap System text with System text, Staff text with Staff text. Lyrics with Lyrics, and Blank Page text with Blank Page text. Swapping Lyrics for Staff text is allowed but be sure it is appropriate.

    Updated 27 December 2015 to clarify some dialog text.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Turbo Comment

    Version 1.22
    Added 18 Mar 2014 (last updated 01 Apr 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Add Turbo Comment

    Update: Adding white and light grey colour options.

    For use with Sibelius 6 and higher

    This plug-in allows you to add and format comments with more options than the native 'Add Comment' function provides.

    Features

    • Ability to change Commenter Name without going into Sibelius preferences.
    • It is easier to type the comment into the provided dialog box vs. typing directly into a comment.
    • Ability to use and customize canned phrases for your comment text, which saves time and offers more consistency.
    • Ability to edit the staff names and bars affected.
    • The comment color is selected before the comment is created, with a choice of standard Post-It ® note colors and others.
    • Ability to select the font type and font color before the comment is created.
    • Can add a comment even if when they are set to "invisible"
    • Remembers the last 10 free-form comments for easy reuse

    Options

    • Place comment above top staff even if commented staff/staves are elsewhere.
    • Append comment color as text within the comment itself. These is useful if you 'export' comments.
    • Highlight commented bar(s) with the same color as the comment itself. Applies only to selected bar(s), even when the selection contains non-contiguous staves.
    • Show Sibelius 'internal bar numbers' associated with the commented bars. Internal bar numbers shown in parenthesis ( ).
    • Minimize the comment size.
    • Suppress the staff name(s) and bar number(s) in the comment
    • Options are saved from the prior session to speed up your work.

    Note

    It is highly recommended that you assign a keyboard shortcut to this plug-in for ease of use.

    Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

    Filter Text

    Version 01.80.00
    Added 20 Mar 2014 (last updated 07 May 2014)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin presents a list of text, system text, and lyrics that are present in the current selection, and allows you to filter specific styles in the selection. In Sibelius 7.1.3 and later, the list box is multi-selectable, and you can use ctrl/cmnd click to choose multiple styles for filtering. In Sibelius 6, you can only choose one style for filtering.

    Checkboxes allow you to restrict the list to staff text, system text, or lyrics.

    You can either Select or Deselect the chosen styles. Select will cause text with the chosen style(s) to be selected. Deselect will cause text in any styles in the list that are not chosen to be selected.

    The Advanced Filter in Sibelius will also filter text, but if you have a lot of filtering to do, this plugin requires fewer steps, and makes searching for styles easier by restricting the list of styles to those that are present in the original selection.

    Updated 6 May 2014 to fix bugs in dialog selection

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Position Rehearsal Marks

    Version 01.70.00
    Added 02 Apr 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin centers Rehearsal Marks at the start of a system horizontally over the clef.

    It works in a full score, in each dynamic part of a score, or in the currently active part in an open score. It can process a folder of scores. Open scores are neither saved nor closed.

    All bars in the score are normally processed. The selection is only used when processing the active part or score in the current score.

    The plugin does not affect the vertical position of the Rehearsal Mark; you can adjust this by changing the Default Position settings for the Rehearsal Mark text style, outside of the plugin.(The plugin does not have access to these settings, and so cannot do it itself).

    A PDF file explaining how the plugin is used is included in the zip file.

    Updated 29 October 2014 to fix a bug and dialog layout when running in Sibelius 6.

    Updated 20 March 2015 to allow the Open Scores and Folder options to work.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Slurred Notes - Simple

    Version 01.40.00
    Added 07 Apr 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin selects most notes that are covered by slurs. It selects notes that are in the same staff and voice as a slur, and start at or later than the slur, and end at or before the end of the slur. It will select notes even if the slur itself is not selected, or if a covering slur starts before the first selected note.

    All notes in a chord are selected if any note in the chord is under a slur.

    This can be useful for doing things like changing Live Playback settings for slurred notes.

    If you create slurs and extend them with the space key, it should catch notes at both ends. If you drag the ends of the slur, it may miss notes at the edges. It will not find notes if the slur crosses staves.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Go To Staff and Bar

    Version 01.04.00
    Added 06 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Displays a list of the staves in the score, and another list showing all the (displayed) bar numbers in the score. Select a staff, and select a bar number, and the plugin will select the the destination bar or first note, rest, or bar rest in the destination bar, and make the selection visible.

    One can often just choose a staff and hit OK. The plugin chooses the first bar in the selection by default, but the bar number may be changed.

    This provides a navigation facility similar to that provided by the Sibelius 7.5 Timeline.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Disguise Score

    Version 01.61.00
    Added 06 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes a copy of a score, or of the music contained within a passage selection, deleting previous versions. It then optionally randomizes the pitches and text of the score and all the parts, effectively hiding the music while retaining its general structure.

    It could be useful for posting a score on a web page so that someone can debug problems.

    Updated 8 May 2014 to add ability to skip randomizing Technique Text.

    Updated 3 July 2014 to change dialog text to use Disguise rather than Randomize or Shuffle, for clarity.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Find System Objects

    Version 01.10.00
    Added 07 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is one of a group of plugins designed to provide sight-impaired users with access to Sibelius score objects.

    It displays a list of system objects (Titles, copyright, tempo, and other text, barlines, key signatures, time signatures, and more) present in the score.

    When an object type is chosen, another list is filled with the objects of that type present in the score, with their bar locations noted. Choosing OK will select the object, and bring the selected object on screen.

    There is an option, off by default, to have the plugin function as "Find Next System Object". If the option is chosen, and the selection in the score contains only a single system object (such as a special barline), the plugin will not bring up the dialog, but will select the next system object of the same type in the score.

    This plugin will be installed by default into the Other pane of the Home tab Plug-ins menu on the Ribbon.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Go To Staff

    Version 01.04.00
    Added 07 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is one of a group of plugins designed to provide sight-impaired users with access to Sibelius score objects.

    Displays a list of the staves in the score. Select a staff, hit TAB and type a bar number, and the plugin will select the first note, rest, or bar rest in the chosen bar, and make the selection visible.

    The user can often just choose a staff and hit OK. The plugin fills the bar number edit box with the first bar in the selection by default, but the bar number may be overwritten.

    This plugin will be installed by default into the Other pane of the Home tab Plug-ins menu on the Ribbon.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Initial Key Signatures And Clefs

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 07 May 2014 (last updated 10 Dec 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is one of a group of plugins designed to provide sight-impaired users with access to Sibelius score objects.

    This plugin provides a list of the initial key signature and clef in each staff of the score; this is for use by the screen reader; the plugin provides no navigation ability.

    The first line of text in the dialog states whether the score is transposing or concert pitch (important for the interpretation of the key signature, which is the current written key signature), and there is a line of text explaining whether or not all the staves have the same key signature, so the user need not look at every staff to see if there are any differences.

    There is a Trace button which will write the contents of the list to the Plugin Trace Window, for later reference. Unfortunately, the NVDA screen reader does not read the Plugin Trace Window, but the contents can be copied and pasted into another application, such as WordPad, that can be read by NVDA.

    This plugin will be installed by default into the Other pane of the Home tab Plug-ins menu on the Ribbon.

    Updated 10 December 2016 to include the part name of the score, so you can easily find the score file name, the transposing state of the score, and whether it is a part or the full score, in addition to the key and clef information.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Map Pages

    Version 01.41.00
    Added 14 May 2014 (last updated 12 Jan 2017)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes an overview of a score, creating a list of the bar numbers for each page, the bars in each system on the page, and the number of visible staves in each system and each page.

    A "View" button will bring the first bar of a chosen page or system into view, so you can inspect various pages from the plugin dialog.

    This can provide a sense of which pages are densely populated, and which ones are light.

    Updated 17 Feb 2015. Fixed bug where hidden system was reporting 0 staves when really 1 was showing. Added score name and part name to data.

    Updated 17 December 2015. Added score total and ability to hide dialog so that all output is traced. Plus made dialog smaller to fit laptop screens better.

    Updated 19 December 2015 to make the plugin work more smoothly when run from Run Plugin On Score and Parts. A few more options were added.

    Updated 27 February 2016 to include total pages and blank pages in score totals and add explanations.

    Updated 12 January 2016. Fixed bug where View for last page went to page 1. Improved View placement so entire pages should be visible unless the final few bars are chosen.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Negative Bar Number Change

    Version 01.02.00
    Added 23 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds a bar number change at the start of a selection. Unlike bar numbers added with Create > Bar Number Change, these bar numbers can be negative (such as -7). The plugin will only create the negative bar number change; to change other properties of the objects use Create > Bar Number Change.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Breaks

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 24 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds system or page breaks (and in Sibelius 7.5 or later, split system breaks) without requiring you to select a single barline, which cannot be done without using a mouse.

    In this plugin, to add a break to a barline, make a selection in the bar to the left of the barline (either select the entire bar or select a note or other object in the bar), and then run the plugin. It will apply a break to the barline on the right side of the selected bar.

    You cannot add a break to the last bar in the score.

    There are other resources besides this plugin that let you use breaks without selecting a single barline. Remove system and page breaks by selecting the bar containing the barline with the break and using Layout > Format > Unlock Format. Create a title page with Layout > Document Setup > Create Title Page. Use the downloadable plugin Delete or Update Title Page (category Other) to delete title pages and blank pages. Use the downloadable plugin Create Blank Page (category Layout) to create blank pages.

    Updated 11 February 2015 to correct version and allow plugin to run in Sib 6.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Dangling Ties To Slurs

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 29 May 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin replaces dangling ties with slurs, for use in scores where someone has mistakenly entered slurs as ties. It cannot replace the ties with slurs at the same location with the same length, which is what is desired.

    Instead, it automates this process, for each note with a dangling tie:

    * remove the tie

    * add a slur to the note, as if the note were selected and you typed "s".

    There are issues and compromises here. If the ties had been dragged, the duration will not be maintained. All slurs extend only for the duration of the initiating note. Slurs added to chords will go to the top and bottom of the entire chord, not at the note location. It works pretty well for single notes slurred to the following note.

    Ties are considered to be dangling if the following note or chord in the same voice does not have a note of the same pitch as the previous note with a tie. Cross-voice ties are not processed correctly.

    Using this plugin is a bit like having a drug with side effects. It will most likely not give you a finished result, but if you have this situation, it should speed up the process of fixing it. Use only as directed, and keep a copy of the original score to help set the slur lengths.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    There It Is!

    Version 01.44.00
    Added 09 Jul 2014 (last updated 14 Dec 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is one of a group of plugins designed to provide sight-impaired users with access to Sibelius score objects.

    It displays a list of types of objects present in the current selection. If the selection is a system selection (purple box), the list will include system objects, such as Title text, Rehearsal Marks, and Special Barlines.

    When an object type is chosen, another list is filled with the objects of that type present in the selection, with their staff, bar, and position in bar locations noted. Choosing OK will select the object, and bring the selected object on screen.

    Objects can be displayed sorted by Bar (the default), so you can see all the objects in a single bar for all the staves, or you can sort the objects by Staff, so you can see the objects across all the bars in each staff.

    A View button can be used to browse to objects without taking the dialog down. This would probably be useful only for sighted users.

    This plugin is similar to the What Is Where? plugin, with navigation capabilities.

    There is a Help button and an Options button.

    Some objects tend to be slow to gather and display, so the Options dialog has options to skip such objects, or to ask if you want to display them. By default, the plugin asks to show staff text, and skips slurs, notes and rests, and bar rests.

    Updated 30 July 2014 minor bug fix

    Updated 19 December 2014 to allow non-passage selections, so the results of a filter could be navigated to.

    Updated 13 December 2016.Added articulations to notes, added Trace button, added score file name, part name and transposing score state to dialog title bar. Also added duration to Note/Rest listing.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Hide Staves and Music

    Version 01.82.00
    Added 31 Jul 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Hides the staves for all selected bars in a passage selection by creating an instrument change to Hidden no lines. It can also hide staff objects. By default it will hide the music in the staff (notes, rests, bar rests, tuplets, slurs, trills, and arpeggio lines), while leaving other text visible.

    The plugin allows text attached to a staff to be visible while the staff itself is hidden, allowing the text to retain the spacing of the attached notes. It can be useful for tonic-sol-fa notation, or solfege, or for showing chord symbols and lyrics without notes.

    This plugin is dedicated to Mary McGuyer.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Format Tempo and Metronome Mark Text

    Version 1.1.3
    Added 03 Aug 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    For use with Sibelius 6 and higher

    This plug-in allows you to specify the music font for the Beats Per Minute (BPM) characters in 'Tempo' text and 'Metronome mark' text (e.g. q = 120), with options to format associated equal signs, dashes and parentheses.

    Features

    • Specify the font for the note and numbers that collectively specify the beats per minute (BPM) text, including tempo ranges and “circa” tempos
    • Maintain, add or remove spaces next to the equal sign and/or dashes in BPM text
    • Maintain, add or remove spaces after the left parenthesis and before the right parenthesis in BPM text
    • Maintain, add or remove parenthesis around BPM text. When the “Add Parenthesis” option is selected, parenthesis are only added when there is text before the BPM. For example, it will change "Moderato q = 100" to "Moderato (q = 100)", but doesn’t change q=111 to “(q=100)”.
    • Removes leading spaces before the text and lagging spaces after the text
    • Option to replace multiple spaces with single spaces
    • Option to “Reset Design” Tempo and Metronome Mark Text, which can fix a number of issues, particularly for imported scores.

    Improvements in 1.1.3

    • Updated "ProcessSelection" method to use "\fFONT NAME..." instead of "\f FONT NAME". Removing the space between f and FONT NAME allows it to work in v6 which is less forgiving than v7
    • Improved the dialog box formatting for v6
    • Implemented Rules Engine type approach for ChangeFont method for greater readability, simplicity and extensibility
    • Updated trace function to work with v6
    • Enhanced algorithm to be able to handle "8ths" "16th" "32nd" "64th" "128th", q=h, q.=h., etc.
    • Fixed bug whereas something like q=h would format last char as a letter, not as a note
    • Check box added to set circa, ca. and c. as italic
    • Adding period formatting options for Maelzel's Metronome markings (MM to/from M.M.)
    • Rounds BPM to closest traditional value - 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 63 66 69 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 126 132 138 144 152 160 168 176 184 192 200 208. Handles individual tempo or a range.
    • Gives a warning if a tempo range has the same starting and ending value
    • Leaves tempo and metronome mark objects alone that appears to be a metric modulations. These contain a font with "Metronome" in the name such as "Opus Metronome"

    Plug-in written by Ed Hirschman.

    Export Midi or Audio with Standardised Settings

    Version 1.0
    Added 11 Aug 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Exports the score as a midi and/or audio file with the same level of volume and/or pan in all staves. This can be useful when exporting to a DAW for instance.

    The original settings are restored after export.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Tidy Score

    Version 1.1
    Added 11 Aug 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin runs a number of Sibelius options which tidy up and optimise the appearance of a score.

    It may be necessary to drag the first stave down to make space for the title after running it, but overall it should improve the overall appearance. If the effect is not what is desired, then it is, of course, undoable.

    It does the same as the following commands in Sibelius 7 (and their equivalent in Sibelius 6):

    1. Layout > Reset Space Above
    2. Layout > Reset Space Below
    3. Appearance > Reset > Position
    4. Appearance > Reset Note Spacing
    5. Layout > Optimize
    1.1 Update: minor improvements

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Paste Rhythm to Pitches

    Version 3.1
    Added 11 Aug 2014 (last updated 18 Feb 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Paste Rhythm to Pitches

    Version 2.1

    For Sibelius versions 6 to 8.

    This plugin superimposes a rhythm of the notes on the clipboard on to a selected passage of music.

    To use it:

    1. Select the rhythm to be pasted and copy it to the clipboard.
    2. Select the passage containing the pitches to paste the rhythm to.
    3. Run the plugin

    Options

    Paste the rhythm from voice

    If the clipboard contains more than one voice, hence more than one rhythm, then the rhythm to be pasted can be selected.

    Rhythm (source)

    These options allow the rhythm to be pasted to pitches of the rhythm voice only (leaving the pitches in the other voices unaffected), the pitches of all voices as separate voices or the pitches of all voices as the rhythm voice. I suggest trying these out since it is much easier to convey these visually than verbally.

    Pitches (destination)

    This governs which pitches are used when new rhythm does not exactly coincide with them. The best option will depend on the musical context.

    Text and Dynamics (source)

    Since lyrics, dynamics and some other objects are often linked with rhythm, there are options to paste these also. Note that if these options are ticked they will replace the corresponding objects in the selection of pitches.

    If “Paste from the rhythm voice only” is selected then only text, dynamics etc present in the rhythm voice are pasted.

    Notes

    If the selected rhythm on the clipboard and selected pitches differ in length, the shorter of the two always applies.

    If more than one staff is copied to the clipboard only the top staff is used. The top notes of the rhythm voice are used to determine the rhythm (where ties are involved etc), the type of notehead used and other note properties.

    The plugin only works for selections of 126 crotchet beats or less. This is for technical reasons, i.e. it makes it much easier to write!

    There is a bug in the manuscript language which means that the direction of note stems can be wrong when combining grace notes, tuplets and multiple voices.

    Added in version 3.1

    This fixes a bug where pasted notes could disappear if Paste Note Pattern was selected and the pattern contained one note.

    Added in version 3

    Paste Note Pattern

    This option allows both the rhythm and the Note Pattern (up and down movement of the notes) to be pasted. It allows the plugin to be used as an arpeggiator by creating one bar of the broken chord/arpeggio pattern, copying it to the clipboard, selecting some bars containing block chords then running the plugin with the option selected.

    Demonstration Videos

    Four short videos demonstrating the basic use of this plugin and some of the options have been posted here.

    • https://youtu.be/PQjlQKL_ppw
    • https://youtu.be/uBL36-SzDio
    • https://youtu.be/8v51zmSpsPk
    • https://youtu.be/NcuAxjZNE3o
    Dialog

    The wording of some parts of the dialog has been changed to make it more user friendly.

    Bugs

    A number of bug fixes have been added, in particular one that affected selections beginning with rests.

    Added in version 2.1

    Bug fix added to prevent the bar after the selection being affected when more than one stave is selected.

    Added in version 2

    Multipaste

    When this option is checked the rhythm will repeated as many times as the selection will allow. (This can also be used for multiple copying of lyrics, dynamics, articulations and slurs on to passages which have the same rhythm as the clipboard.)

    Offset

    If “Use the pitches before the rhythm notes” is selected, this will use the pitches after the rhythm note when it is the specified number of beats from it. If “Use the pitches after the rhythm notes” is selected then it will use the pitches before the rhythm note for the specified number of beats. This is much easier to visualise than describe, so I suggest copying eight quavers (eighth notes) to the clipboard, and using the plugin to paste it over two minims (half notes) with different pitches. Trying out the options, with the offset switched off at first and then set to various numbers of quavers should clarify this function.

    This option is particularly useful in for pasting Jazz/Pop type rhythms which often anticipate a beat by a quaver or semiquaver. Although large values are available the smaller ones are generally more useful.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Add Chord Notes Below Melody

    Version 1.0
    Added 11 Aug 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plug-in adds chord notes below a melodic line. It is designed to fill out a melodic line that already has an accompaniment.

    To use it, select some notes and make sure some chord symbols are present in the same bars though not necessarily in the selected stave(s).

    When run, the plug-in will add two or three chord notes below the melody line.

    The “Stave containing the chords” option defaults to the lowest stave that has chords symbols. This can be altered here if desired.

    The “Passing Notes” allows the user to double passing notes (non-chord melody notes) a 3rd or a 6th below. The best option depends on the musical context and some alterations to the plug-in’s output may have to be made.

    With the “Omit Root” option the user can miss out the root from the added notes. This often sounds better in complicated chords and assumes that a bass part is present elsewhere.

    Please note:
    • If a change of key-signature occurs in the middle of a bar then the doubled passing notes may be incorrect until the beginning of the next one.
    • Chord notes are only added to single notes. If a stem contains more than one notehead no chord notes are added.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Cresc Dim Lines as Text

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 01 Sep 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Places a text string consisting of a character, a space, and another character (by default ''< >'') centered on a notehead. The text will not affect playback. You can add hidden lines for playback.

    The text is in Technique Text style. You can specify the font and font sizes of the characters and the space separately, and can specify the vertical and horizontal offsets of the text so it is centered to taste.

    Settings are saved across Sibelius sessions.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Plugin Set

    Version 01.53.00
    Added 01 Sep 2014 (last updated 11 Jan 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin assigns shortcuts for running a fixed set of plugins. The plugins are stored in an internal list and cannot be changed except by editing the plugin.

    This provides a way to run a set of sight-impaired plugins without needing to assign a Sibelius keyboard shortcut for each plugin. This simplifies installation of the Sight-impaired tools.

    The plugins in the list will need to be installed before they can be run with this plugin. A warning will be given if the plugins are not installed.

    The initial set of plugins are Breaks, Find System Objects, Go To Staff, Initial Key Signatures And Clefs, and There It Is!

    You can make a copy of this plugin and edit the variable _lstPluginsToRun to give yourself a list of plugins that will give you fixed shortcuts for any installed plugins that you want to set up. The first 9 plugins get the shortcuts 1 - 9, and then the next 26 will get A - Z (case insensitive). More plugins that that are ignored. See Run Plugins By Name or Fixed Plugin Shortcuts if you are dealing with large groups.

    Updated 25 April 2015 to make the file easier to edit in a text editor. There will be no change at all from the user point of view.

    Updated 23 November 2015 to allow it to run in Sibelius 5.2.5. No significant code was changed.

    Updated 11 January 2016 to fix a small shortcut bug that would only show up if more plugins were added to the list. Current users should not need to update.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Import and Export Mixer Settings

    Version 1.0
    Added 09 Sep 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Export and Import Mixer Settings

    Version 1.0

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1 and Sibelius 7.5

    These plugins export/import the volume and pan setting of each stave in the current score. This can be useful when more than one playback device is used. The data is saved as a text file.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Adjust Stem Lengths

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 24 Sep 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adjust the stem lengths of selected notes by adding an offset (in units of spaces) to the current or default Stem length of these notes. Unlike the Inspector, a positive value increases the stem length, and a negative value decreases it, regardless of stem direction.

    Setting the default length to 0 will reset the length to the default length.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Filter Stem Direction

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 24 Sep 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Selects or deselects notes according to whether the note stem direction is up or down. It can also filter by voice.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Flip Tie Symbols

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 07 Dec 2014 (last updated 26 Aug 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Swaps the symbols "l.v. up" and "l.v. down". The effect is that the "ties" appear to flip direction.

    This can be helpful if you have many such symbols used to represent ties, as happens if you are using the plugin Add LV Symbols to Notes, which creates ties using these symbols.

    Updated 26 August 2015 to restore a missing zip file.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Pickup Bar With Deleted Rests

    Version 01.08.00
    Added 23 Dec 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin produces a pickup bar in the first bar of the score. It will either convert the first bar to a pickup bar, or add a new pickup bar to the score (See Help... for how to specify the new pickup length).

    Unlike conventional pickup bars, the ones produced by this plugin will be full-sized bars, with leading rests deleted. The advantage of using deleted rests rather than using smaller irregular bars (the usual mechanism) is that pickups created this way that start on an off-beat will play back rhythmically correctly.

    There are some issues with how Sibelius handles copying and pasting bars with leading deleted rests. This is discussed in the Help... dialog.

    The automates a process suggested by Adrian Drover, to whom this plugin is dedicated.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Align Notes

    Version 01.09.00
    Added 23 Dec 2014 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin aligns notes in selected bars by removing any rests that follow the last (right-align) or precede the first (left-align) chord, or tuplet in the bar.

    It does not delete any rests; it shifts the note data and adds rests to the front or back of the bar. The size of the bar does not change.

    Entire bars are always processed; if any part of a bar is selected, the entire bar is processed. All voices in selected bars will be processed.

    The plugin can be run by a user, or other plugins can call RightAlign(score, bar) or LeftAlign(score, bar) to accomplish note alignment.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Plugin Info

    Version 01.07.00
    Added 30 Jan 2015 (last updated 09 Feb 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin displays a list of all the plugins currently installed on your machine. Selecting a plugin in the list will display its full file pathname, Category (on the current machine), User or shipping plugin status, Version if available, Plugin number, and Date Installed. The dialog will also display the number of plugin installed on the current machine.

    The can be useful for seeing if you are running a modified version of a shipping plugin, or to compare the version number with the one on the download page, so as to see if you have the most recent version of a plugin.

    Updated 24 November 2015 to add a trace button.

    Updated 8 February 2016 to add Locate All Copies to find copies of shipping plugins in all languages.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Replace Articulation Symbols

    Version 01.70.00
    Added 30 Jan 2015 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Replaces Articulations entered as Symbols from the Articulations row of the Insert Symbols dialog with the corresponding articulation for any such symbols whose position matches that or a note.

    It can save a lot of work if you receive a score from another user who does not understand how articulations work in Sibelius, and so entered them all as symbols. It will also replace jazz scoops and falls.

    To replace Arpeggio lines with note-attached Arpeggios, use the plugin Replace Arpeggio Lines (category Lines).

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Scale Notehead Sizes

    Version 01.60.00
    Added 03 Mar 2015 (last updated 20 Jan 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin changes selected notes to be a scaled version of the normal size. It does this by copying data from a file called the data score. This inserts an appropriate Notehead style into the active score and applies it to the selection.

    You may see the data score open before the dialog box comes up. Please do not delete or modify the data score, as that will most likely cause the plugin to stop working. If it remains open at the end of the plugin, please close it without saving changes.

    You can choose a different data score (if you have created one) using the More Noteheads button.

    Updated 4 March 2015 to change the distribution of files to work better with the Sibelius 7 plugin installer.

    Updated 19 January 2016. Added 45% size (cue grace) and 3 new stemless sizes. Code reworked and PDF updated for easier modification in the future.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Select Staves

    Version 01.21.00
    Added 25 Mar 2015 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Lists the names of all the staves in the score.

    Click on a staff name in the list box to check or uncheck it. Checked staff names will be selected when the plugin ends.There is no keyboard access to the list, so you will have to use a mouse.

    This can make selecting staves in a large score easier, since less scrolling will be required, and can be useful if you are going to use Focus On Staves.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Repeated Dynamics Text

    Version 01.15.00
    Added 28 Mar 2015 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Looks for repeated dynamics text (expression text with a font change to the music text font or a character style change to the music text font). The intention is to help clean up dynamics that get pasted into a place they are not needed.

    The plugin looks along each staff in a selection to see if a dynamics text object is the same text as the previous such object in the same staff. It puts up a dialog of pairs that match, and you can select a text in the list and view it on screen. You can also trace the contents of the list box.

    This is a simple plugin, and only attempts to provide some information to help determine if a dynamic is is duplicated.

    It makes no attempt to determine if a repeated text object should be deleted. It pays no attention to hairpins (so a non terminated hairpin might be the same dynamic as a text but that will not be caught). It does not trace cresc/dim lines or text. It does not deal with repeat structures. It does not look before or after the selection.

    You can't delete the duplicates from within the plugin, or manipulate the score at all, though the plugin can move to score to make a piece of text visible. It can be useful to use View - Bar Numbers when you want to look around.

    It can show you where problems are likely to occur, especially when you get scores from someone else. It should catch all repeated text that is unwanted, even if it also will mark valid repetitions.

    Updated 28 March 2015 to make the descriptions in the list box clearer.

    Updated 1 April 2015 adding optional Comments, score scroll arrows, and a Help button.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Colored Notehead Styles

    Version 01.65.00
    Added 20 May 2015 (last updated 22 Nov 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is a suite of plugins and data files which allow you to use colored notehead styles to color notes. The advantage of this over traditional Sibelius coloring of notes is that notes in a chord will retain their separate colors. The enclosed document Coloring Notes in Sibelius Using Colored Notehead Styles.pdf will be installed onto your desktop in Sibelius 7.x Plug-ins Documentation, and will explain how to use colored noteheads and the tools in this suite.

    The plugins that will be installed are

    Import Colored Notehead Styles

    Colored Noteheads On Harp Strings

    Remove Colored Noteheads

    Colored Notehead Data File

    Colored Noteheads On Strings

    A data file, Colored Notehead Styles.sib, will be installed into a subfolder of the user Manuscript Papers folder,and will be used by various plugins. You should also install the plugin Color Enharmonic Pitches, from category Color, and possible Filter Other, from category Filter and Find.

    To use these plugins, install this suite, then install Color Enharmonic Pitches, and use it to apply the colors. The enclosed PDF document explains more things you can do.

    This plugin and the concept of using notehead styles for colors was inspired by Kai Struck, who also created the SVG graphics used to create the Sibelius symbols and noteheads in this score.

    Updated 15 June 2015 to update PDF file. No code changes were made.

    Updated 25 July 2015 to include new plugin Colored Noteheads On Strings and String numbers for notes in stringed instruments in Sibelius.pdf

    Updated 26 April 2016 to fix typo in Colored Noteheads On Strings

    Updated 12 November 2016. Added the color White as a color choice and now allow multiple data files in addition to Colored Notehead Styles.sib.

    Now any score in the user Manuscript paper folders whose name has the prefix "Colored Notehead Styles.sib" will be made available as a notehead set the plugins will recognize. This version adds the file Colored Notehead Styles_Bordered.sib, and it will be installed into the For Plug-ins subfolder of the Manuscript paper folder along with Colored Notehead Styles.sib

    If there is more than 1 data file installed, the plugins will let you choose which one to use. Colored Notehead Styles_Bordered.sib uses a set of noteheads that are colored with a black border around them, which are more visible especially with lighter colors.

    You should also install the updated versions of the plugin Color Enharmonic Pitches, from category Color, and Filter Other, from category Filter and Find.

    As before, Kai Struck kindly created the bordered noteheads for me, and donated them to the Sibelius community.

    Coloring Notes in Sibelius Using Colored Notehead Styles.pdf explains how to create you own custom data file

    Updated 22November 2016. Only the file Colored Notehead Style_Bordered was replaced. Kai created some noteheads with a thicker border which I preferred so I am replacing that data file.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Copy and Paste Across Tuplets

    Version 1.1
    Added 26 May 2015 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin enables copying and pasting across tuplets in Sibelius 6 and 7 and improves performance in Sibelius 7.5.

    To use it:

    1. Select a passage that crosses a tuplet. (It must be a passage selection, not individual notes and it must have a note or a rest [not a bar rest] in the first bar of the top stave.)
    2. Run the Copy Across Tuplets plugin. (It converts the selection to a group of notes, rests etc.)
    3. Click on the first note or rest in the top stave of place you wish to paste to.
    4. Run the Paste Across Tuplets plugin to paste your material.

    Please note the following:

    1. The tuplets and the position within the tuplets at the beginning and end of the selection in the source staves must match the corresponding tuplets and positions in the destination staves. Otherwise a multitude of tiny rests will appear which requires Edit>Undo to fix. (Basically the beginning and end tuplets must line up.)
    2. Copy Across Tuplets stores information about the copied selection which Paste Across Tuplets uses. It is not recommended, therefore, to mix these plugins up with the normal copy and paste functions, i.e. copying a selection with Ctrl+C and them pasting using Paste Across Tuplets.
    3. Because the plugin only works with passage selections, I've added a few filters for voices and notes/rests.
    4. If more than one voice is present, data from the end of the bar that the selection is pasted to can, in some circumstances, be lost. This can be fixed by undoing the paste and copy until the original selection reappears, and then using the filters in the copy plugin to copy and paste one voice at a time.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Easy Drum Kit Notes

    Version 1.1
    Added 26 May 2015 (last updated 28 Sep 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin is designed to simplify basic drum kit note entry and works correctly on the default rock drum kit (drum set) instrument.

    To use it:

    1. Create one or more notes in the drum kit part, and select them. (A bar rest will not work.)
    2. Run the plugin and choose the desired drum, cymbal or other part of the kit.
    3. Click OK and the selected notes will be changed to the correct line/space and notehead.

    If a note is selected, the plugin will convert that note into the required drum kit note. If a note stem is selected, it will add a drum kit note to the stem.

    Version 1.1

    Bug fix added so that ties are not removed from the original notes.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Move Selection Left/Right

    Version 1.0
    Added 26 May 2015 (last updated 17 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    These plugins are designed to make certain editing operations in Sibelius more efficient.

    Copying objects is easy in Sibelius with shortcuts like "r" for repeat and Alt-click to paste but moving them can take many more steps.

    These plugins will move one or more objects left or right to the next contextually sensible location. Selections containing notes and rests can be moved, as can selections containing lyrics, dynamics etc without notes. Most system objects (e.g. tempo indications, repeat signs) can also be moved.

    They are designed to be assigned appropriate keyboard shortcuts (Ctrl+Alt+Home/End for instance) so that they can easily be run repeatedly in order to move the selected objects to the desired position.

    Please note:

    • The plugin will run slowly if large selections are being moved. Cutting and pasting is a better option in this case. It may also run slowly in very large scores.
    • Time-signatures can be moved but the bars will not be rewritten.
    • Partially selected tuplets cannot be moved.
    • Notes are not split when moved. A crotchet (quarter note) will not become two tied quavers (eight notes) across a barline.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Color Enharmonic Pitches

    Version 03.50.00
    Added 15 Jun 2015 (last updated 12 Nov 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Allows you to specify a color for individual pitches, using separate colors for enharmonically equivalent pitches (such as F#/Gb). You can use it to apply a rainbow of unique colors for each pitch, or use it for proofreading and analysis.

    Double sharps and flats can be colored the same as an enharmonic pitch (Gx -> A), or the same as the corresponding single accidental (Dx -> D#), and quartertones are colored as the nearest flat or sharp. You can, however, select a color from the double/quartertone lists, and all double accidentals or quartertones will get the same color, regardless of pitch.

    One significant feature is the ability to edit the RGB values of any of the named colors in the color list. So if you like a different shade of red or yellow, you can have it.

    The plugin saves its settings (in the plugin Preferences database), so your rainbow and your RGB edits and be set up once and retained across Sibelius sessions.

    Note that, as with all coloring in Sibelius, all notes in a chord will be given the same color, unless the notes are in different voices.

    Updated 2 June 2006 to allow it to use Colored Notehead Styles to color notes, so that notes in a chord can have separate colors (Feature available in Sib 7.1 and later).

    Updated 15 June 2015 to remove any application of specific colors to specific pitches. A user may create their own color scheme and save it to be used as the default colors. Googling on color music scales will yield some historical coloring schemes.

    Updated 15 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

    Updated 24 April 2016 for minor tweaks.

    Updated 26 April 2016 to allow coloring of individual note objects

    Updated 12 November 2016. Now handles the color White, both for applying and for editing colors, and will also now work with the updated Colored Notehead Styles plugins.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Move Time Sig Repeat Barline

    Version 01.20.00
    Added 17 Jun 2015 (last updated 01 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    When you have a bar that has both a start repeat barline and a time signature, Sibelius put them in the wrong order. The time signature should appear before the barline, but the barline appears first.

    The usual way to fix this is to shift the positions of the time signature and barline using horizontal offsets, as in the Inspector. This plugin automates this process, and it can perform the shift i the main score and/or in all the parts.

    The shifts will be lost if you perform Reset Position on the bars that have been modified. so do not do that if you can avoid it.

    Updated 1 April 2016 to fix missing TrimBlanks for Sib 6.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Align to Beat

    Version 01.17.00
    Added 23 Jun 2015 (last updated 23 Jun 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Moves selected text (staff text and non-page aligned system text, but not lyrics) or lines horizontally to a specified beat in the bar. The objects will be moved to the first or last beat if the target would be out of range.

    This can be useful for users who receive scores from other users.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Batch Transpose 12 Keys

    Version 01.26.00
    Added 18 Jul 2015 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes copies of a score or the scores in a folder of scores where the resulting scores are transposed into up to 12 different keys. The generated scores will have the major key name appended to the file name, as in "Score1_Eb". By default the scores will be transposed into 12 keys; you can pick which keys to transpose to.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Style Sheet

    Version 01.93.00
    Added 23 Oct 2015 (last updated 06 Nov 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Displays which text styles, line styles, symbols, and notehead styles are being used in a score. In Sibelius 7 and later the font named and size for text items will be displayed.The main music font, document layout data, and some engraving rules data can also be displayed.

    A PDF file describing the data produced is also contained in the zip file.

    Updated 5 November 2015 to add Instrument Names and Ranges to the output.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    All Symbols Labeled

    Version 01.75.00
    Added 30 Oct 2015 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes a copy of the currently open score and adds each symbol defined in the score, used in the score, or selected in the score to a bar in the score. It labels each symbol below the staff with its index in the symbol table, its relative index in its row in the symbol table, and its name.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Identify Selected Symbols

    Version 01.09.00
    Added 30 Oct 2015 (last updated 30 Oct 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Information about each selected symbol, including the name, index and relative index in a symbol table row, will be put into a list box. You can select a list box entry and choose View, and that symbol will be brought into view on the screen. You can also write the list of symbol identifiers to the plugin Trace window.

    The fields in the description are separated by tildes (~). You can save the traced data to a text file, and then open it in a spreadsheet to get a more nicely formatted list.

    There is an option to display and filter only selected unnamed symbols, which are often invisible. This can be a good way to delete such symbols if any are present.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Save and Export

    Version 01.19.00
    Added 06 Nov 2015 (last updated 13 Nov 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This zip file contains 2 plugins, Save and Export and Save With Previous Version. Both plugins will save the current score and also export one of more copies of the score in different formats. It is recommended that this plugin be assigned to a shortcut, and used in place of or in addition to the regular Save, so that the score and its copies remain in sync.

    Save and Export saves the current score and simultaneously exports one or more copies of the score in an earlier version of Sibelius and/or in PDF or MusicXML format. The exported files are in the same folder as the original score, and overwrite any files with the same name.

    The plugin will display a dialog the first time it is run in a Sibelius session, and you can choose the output format(s) you want and to which earlier version to save. The dialog can be hidden for the rest of the Sibelius session.

    Save With Previous Version can be run in Sibelius 6 as well as later versions. It saves the current score and simultaneously exports a copy of the score in the previous version of Sibelius. The exported file is in the same folder as the original score, and overwrites any file with the same name. There are no options and no dialog will appear. Currently any version of Sibelius after version 7 will save in version 7 format.

    Updated 6 November 2015 to prevent Save and Export from running prior to Sib 7.1.3.

    Updated 13 November 2015. Added checkbox to trace the folder location of exported files. Exported files go to the same folder as the score they came from, but that location is not always obvious.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Run Plugin On Folder of Scores

    Version 02.07.00
    Added 20 Nov 2015 (last updated 20 Mar 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This plugin allows one to run a plugin, chosen from an alphabetized list of plugins, against the current score, all open scores, or a folder of scores.

    By default, it will not save any scores processed; if you wish to modify and save scores, especially when processing a folder of scores, you should choose "Save scores after plugin is run". If a folder is processed, all previously unopened scores will be closed and optionally saved. Previously open files will be left open, and may be saved.

    Most plugins, especially those that bring up a dialog every time, will not be well suited for being run in this manner. Some, such as Find and Replace Text, have an option to hide a dialog after the first time it is run, and these can make good use of this plugin. Scores opened in a folder will always be fully selected with a system passage selection when passed to the called plugin; previously opened scores can be made to be fully selected.

    The plugin can be used by plugin developers to write a simple plugin, taking advantage of the framework this plugin provides to have it process a folder of scores.

    Updated 17 December2015. Added additional plugin Run Plugin on Score And Parts which lets you choose a plugin to be run on the full score and all the parts of the current score. This plugin is suitable for being run from Run Plugin On Folder Of Scores.

    Updated 19 December 2015 to allow better interaction for the plugins. You can now turn off the progress bar in Run Plugin On Score and Parts so the progress bar in Run Plugin on Folder of Scores will be retained, among other tweaks.

    Updated 19 March 2016. Updated Run Plugin On Score And Parts to process parts in same order as the Sib parts list, which is different from the order they are given to a plugin

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Add Bar Before Special Barline

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 22 Nov 2015 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Add Bar Before Special Barline does what Home - Bars - Add Bar At End or Home - Bars - Add Single Bar does, except that if the bar at the end of the selection ends with a Special Barline, that barline is moved to the added bar. If there is no selection, the added bar is appended to the score. If there is no special barline, the plugin behaves the same way Sibelius does. It can act as a replacement for these Sibelius commands.

    The visual effect is that the added bar slips in before the special barline, whereas, when adding a bar in Sibelius itself, an added bar will always be added after the special barline, even at the end of the score.

    No system data except the special barline is moved; the added bar is always the size that corresponds to the time signature. The plugin runs with no dialog.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Unfold Repeat Bar Rests

    Version 01.06.00
    Added 24 Nov 2015 (last updated 24 Nov 2015)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Replaces repeat bar rests with the contents of the appropriate bars. It will always copy notes, rests, tuplets, slurs, and non-hairpin staff lines. Chord symbols, dynamics, and some staff text may optionally be copied. Lyrics and other staff objects will not be copied.

    If the "2 or more present in the source bars" option is used, hairpins will be copied if there are 2 or more hairpins or if there is 1 hairpin and 2 or more pieces of dynamics text.

    If ''Copy all voices'' is unchecked, objects are copied only if they match the voice of the repeat bar rest.

    For 2- or 4-bar repeats, the first bar that contains the repeat rest must be selected.

    Unfolding affects both score and parts. If you make a copy of the score then run the plugin on the copy, you can use the copy for the unfolded bars, and the original score for the repeated bars.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    My Plugins

    Version 01.90.00
    Added 26 Jan 2016 (last updated 04 Apr 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Provides a list of plugins that can be run using the shortcuts in the list. The list can be edited by the user without editing the plugin itself, using the Customize feature. This lets you add plugins to a list in a specific order which will remain until you customize again. Each of the up to 35 plugins will have a specific one character shortcut (1-9 and a-z) so it should make having a working set of plugins easier to manage.

    Updated 10 Feb 2016. Now there will be a set of default shipping plugins that will appear in the list until the list is customized so there will be a starting point.

    Updated 3 March 2016. Changes default shipping set. Added options to trace list and import list from a file and sort the list.

    Minor change to allow blank lines in the text import file

    Updated 16 March 2016 to widen some dialog buttons.

    Updated 31 March 2016 to always check for duplicates at startup, not just when customizing

    Updated 3 April 2016 to improve an error message

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Order and print parts from multiple scores

    Version 1.0
    Added 18 Feb 2016 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Order and print parts from multiple scores

    For use with Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8 (This plugin will not run on Sibelius 6)

    Version 1.0

    This plugin enables the user to order and print parts from more than one score. It is designed for situations where different sections of a large scale work are contained in different files and allows for the printing, for example, of all the Flute 1 parts in the desired order and then all the Flute 2 parts etc.

    It also allows different printing configurations (i.e. number of copies per part) to be saved and loaded.

    The plugin only works with the default printer, and this should be set before running Sibelius.

    When run, the plugin works through a series of dialogs.

    The first allows the user to choose whether to open a folder of scores or use the ones already opened.

    The second allows the user put the scores into printing order.

    The third is used create the part groups. Only parts contained in groups are printed and a group may consist of one or more parts. This is to allow for situations where one score, for example, contains a Flute 1 and a Flute 2 part and another score contains Flutes 1&2. The first group would then contain Flute 1 and Flutes 1&2 and the second group Flute 2 and Flutes 1&2, hence each player gets his or her part. Groups can be reordered and the number of copies changed. (Note that the default number of copies in the original files is ignored.) Part groups can also be saved or loaded as text files.

    The final one lists the order in which the individual parts will be printed.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Add repeat with 1st and 2nd time bars

    Version 1.0
    Added 18 Feb 2016 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Add repeat with 1st and 2nd time bars

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8

    Version 1.0

    This simplifies adding an end repeat barline with a first and second time bars.

    To use it, select the bars to be placed under the first time bracket and run the plugin.

    It also helps to correct a bug in Sibelius where the 1st time bracket extends into the next bar.

    The 1st and 2nd time brackets will be correctly placed if they contain notes or if notes are subsequently added. They may need some adjustment if they contain only bar rests.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Delete top/bottom notes

    Version 1.0
    Added 18 Feb 2016 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Delete Top/Bottom Notes

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8

    Version 1.0

    These are a pair of workflow plugins designed to speed up the removal of the top/bottom notes of a chord if it contains more than one note. They are intended to be assigned to appropriate keyboard shortcuts. (Alt+[ and Alt+] are possible ones.)

    To remove all notes either press the Delete key or download the Delete Voice plugins for voice specific removal.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Harp Gliss and Octave Notes

    Version 01.76.00
    Added 07 Mar 2016 (last updated 11 Jul 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Given 2 selected notes (the main notes to be glissed between) and a 7-note harp tuning, this plugin generates a set of 6 small silent stemless grace notes representing, with the first main note of the gliss, the first octave of a harp glissando. The notes will be added in an unused voice if one is available, and their positioning is stable if Reset Note Spacing is used.

    If the plugin Line Between Notes is installed, it can be called to draw a line between the last of the generated octave notes and the second note in the glissando.

    There is an option to generate all 7 pitches of the octave.

    For playback, the Harp Gliss plugin may be run separately, after selecting the 2 main notes.

    Updated 27 May 2016 to fix crash when notes selected were not included in tuning.

    Updated 28 May 2016 to fix handling of Cb and B#.

    Updated 30 June 2016. Can now call into Harp Gliss Playback plugin to get tuning and to output MIDI messages for playback.

    Updated 9 July 2016. Fixed some bugs and updated calls into Harp Gliss Playback to work better.

    Updated 10 July 2016. Added option to hide rests between selected notes if both notes are in the same staff and voice.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Dot Undot Rhythm

    Version 01.40.00
    Added 18 Apr 2016 (last updated 05 May 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Given a passage selection, the plugin determines that certain adjacent notes are pairs. If the pairs have the same duration, the plugin will dot the first note and divide the duration of the second note in half. If the notes are a dotted pair, it will make the notes the same duration, thus undotting the pair.

    There are some restrictions. Do not run the plugin if your selection contains cross staff beamed notes, because the plugin cannot detect them and if they are changed the notes will lose their cross staff beamed property. (The same limitation is true for any plugin. A plugin can neither detect nor create cross staff beamed notes).

    The plugin processes a bar at a time and it will skip any bars that contain tuplets, grace notes, quartertones or double tremolos.

    There is no dialog. Just make a selection and run the plugin.

    This plugin was inspired by, and is dedicated to, Daniel Spreadbury

    Updated 19 April 2016. Rewritten to not use the Divide Durations plugin. You will only need to install this plugin to make it work.

    Updated 26 April 2016. Added settings accessible when running the plugin with no selection. Settings allow you to toggle dotted state, change undotted to dotted only or change dotted to undotted only. The settings are in effect only for the current Sibelius session.

    Updated 30 April 2016. Bug fix for odd positions plus Scotch snap option and show dialog option.

    Updated 4 May 2016. Options are now saved across Sibelius sessions and there are new options that will dot/undot if you select a single note at any position in a bar.(Thanks to Bernie Cossentino for the ideas to do that!)

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Hide MIDI Messages

    Version 01.30.00
    Added 20 Apr 2016 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds the Hidden attribute to selected text that starts with a ~ and is structured as a MIDI message. This allows Sibelius to use Hide Empty Staves on staves containing MIDI messages.

    The code will not hide any other text, so it is generally safe to select an entire score and run the plugin.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Clipboards

    Version 01.26.00
    Added 09 May 2016 (last updated 07 Jan 2017)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Clipboards lets you store the contents of selections into up to 30 numbered clipboards, and to paste from those clipboards into a score.

    It is in many ways a much-scaled-down version of Sibelius Ideas, and if you want something like this, I suggest you first have a look at Ideas. One of the few advantages of Clipboards over Ideas is that you can assign shortcuts to specific numbered clipboards by using the ClipCopyx and ClipPastex plugins, and you cannot assign keys to Ideas.

    Clipboards is a suite of several plugins.

    Clipboards is the main plugin, and it lets you copy a selection into a numbered clipboard or paste from a filled clipboard to a selected area in your score. The data in these clipboards only lasts for a single Sibelius session. If you copy from a different score, that score must remain open while you are using the data. The data is not held in an actual clipboard, but when you paste the plugin uses internal Sibelius clipboards. If you paste between scores, even between a score and a part, the system clipboard will be used, so data you might have put there will be overwritten.

    ClipCopy1 and ClipCopy2 will copy the selection to clipboards 1 and 2 respectively. ClipPaste1 and ClipPaste2 paste from clipboards 1 and 2, assuming there is something to be pasted. It is intended that you assign keyboard shortcuts to these plugins. There are instructions in the PDF document for creating more of these plugins to access more clipboards.

    Load Clipboard Presets lets you create a Sibelius score containing bits you want to copy. You delimit the bits with Rehearsal Marks, and you can add Tempo Text starting with "DESC:" to the same bar as a Rehearsal Mark and it will become the description for that clipboard.

    These plugins are described in more detail in the included PDF file.

    Updated 18 December 2016 to prevent Paste adding duplicate slurs

    Updated 22 December 2016 to do a better job preventing duplicates, thanks to a technique by Kenneth Gaw, which he gave me permission to use.

    Updated 7 January 2017. Reworked the way passage selections were handled and how duplicates were prevented.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Trace MIDI Messages

    Version 01.37.00
    Added 19 May 2016 (last updated 16 Aug 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Writes the text and score location of selected MIDI messages (that start with ~) to the plugin trace window. For Note on (~N) and Note Off (~O) messages, it also translated pitch numbers to note names.

    This can be useful when you have a "cloud" of MIDI messages, as when you use the Harp Gliss or Cresc/Dim plugins.

    Updated 19 May 2016 to add a blank line between blocks

    Updated 16 August 2016. Added blank line between messages for each bar.

    Plug-in written by Bob.

    Harp Gliss Playback

    Version 01.95.00
    Added 27 Jun 2016 (last updated 10 Jul 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Harp Gliss Playback generates MIDI messages to produce correct playback for harp glissandos using a specified 7-pitch harp tuning.

    It is a rewrite and enhancement of the downloadable Harp Gliss plugin, which was written by the late Ian Cugley. In addition to the playback, it can write out a harp pedal diagram, and/or tuning text describing the tuning. Like Harp Gliss, you can select 2 notes and have the plugin generate MIDI messages for that gliss from a typed-in tuning. It is also capable of calculating the tuning based on key signatures, notes, and tuning indications, and can process multiple glissando lines at one time.

    Details and limitations of the plugin are described in the document The Harp Gliss Playback Plugin, included in the plugin zip file.

    The zip file also includes the plugin Trace Harp Tuning, which calls code in Harp Gliss Playback to calculate and trace the harp tuning at the start of a selection. This can be useful when running other harp plugins that require a tuning as input.

    Updated 9 July 2016. Restructured to make callers like Harp Gliss and Octave Notes work better.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Beamed Note Groups

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 18 Jul 2016 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Makes selected notes (8th notes and smaller) into a beamed group. It interrupts the groups at rests, barlines, long notes, or tuplets.

    It skips notes under tuplets and notes with feathered beams.

    The plugin cannot set the ends of groups to stop at rests. When the plugin concludes, the rests will be selected. Without changing the selection, go to keypad layout 3 and click the No Beam button.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Guitar Capo Notation

    Version 01.50.00
    Added 07 Aug 2016 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    This is a set of resources for notating guitar music that uses a capo, when you want to be able to see the music in the “played” key and hear it in the key that would result from using a capo. If you wanted to have a capo on the 2nd fret and sound in D major, you could write the music as if it were in C major.

    THis suite replaces an earlier suite which was written in Sibelius 4 and whose definitions no longer worked for Sibelius 6 and later.

    A simple approach, if you don’t mind playing back in the played key, is just to write the music in the played key (C major in the example), and add text instructing the player to put a capo on fret 2. If you want to see the music in the played key but hear it is the sounding key you need to make changes to both the notation and tab staves, and they are different changes.

    In either case you create new instruments based on guitar staves. For notation staves, you change the transposition for where middle C sounds. For TAB staves you need to change the notes assigned to each string in Edit Instrument Edit Staff Type. If you have a notation instrument transposed in this way, you will likely want to enter notes in the Transposing Scores rather than the Concert score. Tab scores with different notes will not care if you are in a transposed or concert score.

    This package provides some tools to help in the process.

    1. The Acoustic Guitar Capo house style includes instrument definitions for guitar notation staves capoed from fret 1 to 12, which some sharp and flat variations when there is a choice of keys at a given fret.

    2. It also contains definitions for TAB staves capoed from frets 1 to 12 for these tunings:

    a. · Standard, no rhythms

    b. · Standard, with rhythms

    c. · DADGAD with rhythms

    d. · Dropped D with rhythms

    3. To use the house style, import it into your score. When you add instruments you will see several groups of instrument definitions under the Acoustic Guitar group, and you can choose the notation and tab staves from these groups.

    Note that a notation instrument has an associated TAB staff which lets it know the fingering to use when copying from the notation staff to the tab staff. The notation instruments are set to use the standard tuning tab with rhythm, but you can change that setting in Edit Instruments to be your desired TAB staff.

    4. The Capo Notation plugin takes an initial key and guitar tuning and calculates the tunings at various capo positions. It also calculates the transposition interval, final key, and transposition change setting for notation staves. This can be useful if you have to create more of these by hand.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Impose Sketch onto Template

    Version 3.01
    Added 17 Aug 2016 (last updated 14 Dec 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Impose Sketch onto Template

    For use with Sibelius 6.x, 7.x and 8.x.

    This plug-in will impose the structure of a piano vocal score, sketch score or any score that you need to extract the structure from, onto a template file, transferring time signatures, key signatures, tempo text (tempo, repeat, metronome mark, etc.), bar number changes, special barlines (double, repeat, dashed, final, etc.), system symbols, system lines (rit, 1st endings, etc.), and rehearsal marks.

    The plug-in will not work on a file which starts with an irregular first bar. In this case, you will need to make the bar regular again by deleting its’ contents before running the plug-in. Once the information has been transferred to the template score, you can use the plug-in ‘Add pickup bar’ to add the irregular bar back to the template score, and then go back to the original file and reinstate the irregular bar and its’ contents by performing edit > undo.

    Usage

    1. Setting up the template file

    The template file must:

    • have only one bar
    • have no key signature (open key)
    • have no time signature (set up as 4/4, then manually delete)
    • use a title wildcard (\$title) to transfer the sketch title
    • use a subtitle wildcard (\$subtitle) to transfer the sketch subtitle

    Title, header, composer and any other system text that forms part of the template file should be attached to the first bar, as it would be usually.

    Tip: If you are adding the contents of the sketch staves to the template file, setting ‘auto system breaks’ to every 4 or 8 bars (depending on the content density) gives better page distribution of material which can then be tweaked as necessary.

    For ease of navigation to the template file, it seems to help if it is located in the same folder as the sketch file. This will shortcut the menus to the relevant folder when opening and saving the template. It can also help to set the default saving location to the folder that contains the sketch file and the template file. This path can be set by going to Sibelius > Preferences > Saving and Exporting > Saving Scores.

    2. Running the plug-in

    1. Open the file you want to extract the bar structure from.
    2. Run the plug-in and follow the on-screen instructions.

    The plug-in may be found (by default) in the following locations:

    • Sibelius 7.x, Sibelius 8.x: Home tab > Plug-ins
    • Sibelius 6.x: Plug-ins menu > Other

    For a video showing how the plug-in works, click the link: https://youtu.be/8b-RzPx7H5I

    Thanks to Neil Sands for his support and advice on the creation of this plug-in.

    Version history

    Version 2.01 adds the option to include the sketch staves on the bottom of the template, and also the option to add their contents.

    Version 3.01 adds the option to transfer the title and subtitle of the sketch score to the template file so long as those fields are utilised in 'score info’. This update also separates the metronome mark and metric modulation text styles from the standard tempo text so that they can be selected independently, and adds the option to select Timecode. Sketch score brackets, braces and barlines will now correctly transfer to the template file if the option to add the staves is enabled. This update also offers a filename for the ‘save’ dialog box, and users are able to specify a filename extension for the template file in order to distinguish it from its sketch counterpart.

    Plug-in written by Tom Curran.

    Adjust Start Repeat Barline

    Version 01.14.00
    Added 10 Sep 2016 (last updated 10 Sep 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Looks for Start Repeat barlines at the start of a bar, which are preceded by a visible Key Signature but not a Time Signature. You can add horizontal offsets to such barlines to give more space between the barline and Key Signature. These offsets will be removed if you reset note spacing so run the plugin late in your layout process.

    You can also just trace the locations of potentially mispositioned barlines without changing any.

    All potentially mispositioned barlines will be selected at the end of the plugin. You can use the Selected Objects option of the Go To plugin to browse among the selected barlines.

    This was written to correct key signature and start repeat barline conflicts in Sibelius 8.4.2. These are most pronounced in fonts like Inkpen2 and Reprise and in flat keys.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Create N by M Tuplet

    Version 01.51.00
    Added 05 Oct 2016 (last updated 05 Oct 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 5, Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Creates a tuplet with a specified ratio from the first selected note or rest. You can choose any positive integer values for N and M, and a wider range of values is allowed compared to creating a tuplet in Sibelius.

    Plug-in written by Hans-Christoph Wirth.

    Add Rehearsal Mark Plus Double Barline

    Version 01.05.00
    Added 06 Dec 2016 (last updated 06 Dec 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Adds a consecutive Rehearsal Mark and a double barline to the start or end of a selected bar. By default it will add them to the start of the bar containing the first selected object, but if you run the plugin with no selection, it will bring up a dialog that will let you change whether insertion is at the start of end of the bar.

    If the bar is at the start of a system, the double barline will appear at the end of the previous system, which is actually the same location.

    This would be a good plugin for a shortcut.

    Upgraded 6 December 2016. The plugin will now work if you select a barline. If you select a barline for the first bar in a system it cannot tell if the leading or trailing barline is selected, and will ask you where to put the objects.

    Plug-in written by Bob Zawalich.

    Intelligent Ties

    Version 1.0
    Added 14 Dec 2016 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Intelligent Ties

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8

    Version 1.0

    This is designed to complement the existing tie function in Sibelius and assigning a similar shortcut, such as Shift+Enter on the numeric keypad, is recommended.

    It does the following:

    1. If tie is present in any of the selected notes then all ties are removed.
    2. If no ties are present then ties are added to all selected notes where a partner, i.e. an appropriate note to tie to, is also selected.
    3. If a partner is available in another voice, a suppressible dialog appears offering this option.

    Because the plugin looks for a partner, this must be selected for a note to be tied to it.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Multi-paste

    Version 1.0
    Added 14 Dec 2016 (last updated )

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Multi-Paste Text Entry

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8

    Version 1.0

    This enables the user to input technique and other types of text into more than one place in the score in one operation.

    If staves are selected, then the text is place over the first note in each stave. There is also an option to add the opposite indication to the first note after the selection. To convert a passage to “pizz.”, for example, select the appropriate bars of the string staves and run the plugin. “pizz.” will be entered on the first note of each selected stave and arco in the first note of each stave following the selection.

    If individual notes are selected, the text is entered above each selected note.

    Items can be added to and removed from the option list and the opposite indication can also be edited.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    Complete Copy and Paste

    Version 1.0
    Added 14 Dec 2016 (last updated 14 Dec 2016)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    Complete Copy and Paste

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7, Sibelius 7.5 and 8

    Version 1.0

    When a passage which contains part of a bar is pasted over another, slurs, dynamics, and lyrics etc are not overwritten in the partial bar. This can lead to the unwanted doubling of these.

    Complete copy and paste provides solution to this, by temporally changing the order objects are drawn.

    The plugins should be used in the same way as normal cutting and pasting.

    Complete Copy changes the draw order of the lyrics, dynamics etc, copies the changed version to the clipboard and then resets the draw order to their default values.

    Complete Paste pastes the contents of the clipboard, deletes on lyrics, text etc that to not have the changed draw order and then resets the draw order of the pasted objects to their default values.

    A possible shortcut for these might be Ctrl+Alt+ Insert and Shift+Alt+Insert, (Command+Option+Insert and Shift+Option+Insert).

    CAUTION

    Complete Copy should not be followed by the normal paste function. This would leave the draw order unreset. This can be fixed manually by selecting the passage ands going to Appearance > Order > Reset to Default.

    If Complete Paste follows the normal Copy function, all of the lyrics, dynamics etc will be removed from the pasted passage. Although this is not the purpose of this plugin, this feature is useable.

    This draw order is not a commonly used feature in Sibelius, but if it is important in a particular project this plugin should be avoided. The draw order of graphics and notes are not affected.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.

    No Duplicates Paste

    Version 1.0
    Added 16 Jan 2017 (last updated 16 Jan 2017)

    For use with Sibelius 6, Sibelius 7.1, Sibelius 7.5 and Sibelius 8.x

    For Sibelius 6, 7, 7.5 and 8

    This plugin pastes a selection without doubling lines and text when bars are partially selected.

    It supersedes the Complete Copy and Paste plugins which are now deprecated.

    It has the following advantages over them:

    • Conventional copying is used. No copy plugin is required.
    • It does not affect the draw order of notes, lines or text in any way.
    • It supports multipaste, ie copying a passage as many times as possible in a selected passage.
    • By default, Sibelius has two shortcuts for pasting. Shift+Insert is the least used of the two, so it can be assigned to this plugin if desired.

    Many thanks to Bob Zawalich for his encouragement and technical contributions to this plugin.

    Plug-in written by Kenneth Gaw.